Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Restaurants / The Restaurant Group / FY2020 Annual Report

The Restaurant Group
Annual Report 2020

RTN · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker RTN
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Restaurants
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · The Restaurant Group
Loading PDF…
T

h

e

R

e

s

t

a

u

r

a

n

t

G

r

o

u

p

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

0

Annual Report 2020

 
 
 
 
 
The Restaurant Group plc operates 
approximately 400 restaurants and pub 
restaurants. Its principal trading brands 
are Wagamama and Frankie & Benny’s. 
The Group also operates Pub restaurants 
and a Concessions business which trades 
principally at UK airports.

Contents

Overview
Our brands 

Strategic report
Chairman’s statement 

Business review 

TRG’s response to the Covid-19  
pandemic 

Financial review 

Section 172 statement 

Corporate social responsibility 

Governance
Corporate governance report 

02

Board of Directors 

Audit Committee report 

04

Nomination Committee report 

06 

Directors’ remuneration report 

Directors’ report 

Senior management Risk Committee 

Directors’ responsibility statements 

10

12

18

20

28

38

40

45 

48 

66 

69

71

Financial statements
Independent auditor’s report 

Consolidated income statement 

Consolidated balance sheet 

Consolidated statement of changes  
in equity 

Consolidated cash flow statement 

Notes to the consolidated accounts 

Company balance sheet 

Statement of changes in equity 

Notes to the Company accounts 

Group financial record 

Glossary 

Shareholder information 

72

83 

84

86

87 

88 

136 

137

138

142

143

144

Summary

• Encouraging trading performance in 
all periods when permitted to trade

 – Wagamama and Pubs businesses 

particularly strong

• Leisure and Concessions estate right-
sized with the exit of approximately 
250 sites through restructuring actions

• Long-term financing secured with £500m 

of new debt facilities in place and a 
flexible covenant package

• Capital raise of £175m to enhance 

liquidity, accelerate deleveraging and 
support selective growth 

• Business well positioned for relaunch 

when restrictions eased

 The Covid-19 pandemic has presented 
enormous challenges for our sector 
but the TRG team has responded 
decisively to re-structure our business 
whilst preserving the maximum number 
of long term roles for our colleagues. 
TRG is operationally a much stronger 
business than 12 months ago. I would 
like to sincerely thank each and every 
TRG colleague for their enormous 
efforts throughout this period.”

Andy Hornby
Chief Executive Officer

O
v
e
r
v

i

e
w

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  01
The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  01

 
 
 
 
Our brands

TRG operates a diverse portfolio of popular brands, 
each with their own unique and differentiated offering, 
but all with great hospitality at their core. Our portfolio 
offers something for everyone.

149*

Sites

Wagamama first opened its doors in 1992 in London’s Bloomsbury. Inspired by fast-
paced, Japanese ramen bars and a celebration of Asian food, Wagamama burst into life 
creating a unique way of eating. Bringing the fresh, nourishing, flavours of Asia to all.

*  This relates to UK full-service restaurants as well as five delivery kitchens. Trading estate as at 

27 December 2020.

78*

Sites

Set mostly in rural locations, each pub within the Brunning & Price family is unique, but all 
share a common love of local cask ales, decent, affordable wines, genuine hospitality and 
wholesome dishes cooked using the freshest ingredients.

Our characterful buildings are often set in beautiful surroundings and we go to great 
lengths to restore and preserve them, offering a timeless, calm, informal setting for people 
who like to meet, eat, drink and talk in a relaxed, friendly atmosphere.

Our Managers look upon the pub as their own, making local decisions to reflect what their 
customers favour, making us very much the heart of the community.

*  Trading estate as at 27 December 2020.

105*

Sites

Welcome to a place where genuine Italian passion blends with the confidence of New York 
City, the fusion that created the Frankie & Benny’s we all know and love today. Our passion 
for great Italian American food, a welcoming atmosphere and warm and friendly service 
is second to none. Welcome to Frankie & Benny’s – where ‘have a nice day’ meets 
‘la dolce vita’.

*  Expected trading estate as at 27 December 2020.

02  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

35*

Sites

22*

Sites

TRG Concessions has over 25 years’ experience of providing 
exceptional hospitality to the travelling public and beyond. 
Our brand portfolio includes table service, counter service, 
sandwich shops, pubs and bars. We deliver existing TRG 
brands, create bespoke concepts and establish partnerships 
to franchise third-party brands. Our record of innovation, 
partnership, and performance ahead of sector growth will 
ensure we remain a market leader in this industry.

*  Expected trading estate as at 27 December 2020.

Chiquito has been delivering the best of Mexican cuisine 
for 30 years. Delivering fantastic food in a fun, fiesta-style 
environment is what the team are passionate about. Whether 
you want to embrace our Mexican heritage by wearing our 
iconic sombreros or just enjoy some classic dishes and 
drinks, Chiquito offers a fantastic experience for all.

*  Expected trading estate as at 27 December 2020.

3*

Sites

At Firejacks our mantra is simple ‘Meat. Fire. Friends’. 
We pride ourselves on delivering an unparalleled restaurant 
experience where food innovation is at the heart.

*  Expected trading estate as at 27 December 2020.

2*

Sites

3*

Sites

Coast to Coast offers a unique and authentic take on 
American home-style dining with an extensive menu 
spanning the length of the USA.

*  Expected trading estate as at 27 December 2020.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  03

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Chairman’s statement

 As we look forward, 
despite all of the 
challenges of the 
pandemic, the business 
is well positioned to 
deliver long-term 
shareholder value.”

2020 has been an extraordinarily difficult period for the 
hospitality industry, which has arguably been more affected by 
the repercussions of Covid-19 pandemic than almost any other 
sector. In spite of this, the Group’s leadership acted with pace at 
the onset of this pandemic to protect the business and have 
rigorously and diligently executed a series of actions to ensure 
that we remain well positioned to rebuild trading momentum 
once restrictions are lifted in the medium-term and to leverage 
potential market opportunities in the long-term. 

Our reported results reflect that we have been closed for 
‘dine-in’ in many of our restaurants for a very significant 
proportion of 2020, including two periods of complete 
lockdown and selective lockdowns through the tiering policy, 
which saw many of our pubs and restaurants categorised as 
‘takeaway’ or delivery only. Our Concessions business has, 
in the main, remained closed throughout the year. 

As a result, total revenues in the year were down 57% to 
£459.8m. More positively, in the periods where we were 
allowed to trade for ‘dine-in’ (which also benefitted from the 
Eat Out to Help Out scheme and VAT reduction), Wagamama 
continued to deliver exceptional like-for-like (‘LFL’) sales 
growth, trading well ahead of its core UK market and ahead 
of management expectations. Throughout the year the 
business achieved substantial growth through delivery and 
‘click and collect’ channels, attracting a number of 
customers new to delivery and to Wagamama. Similarly, our 
Pubs business continued to trade consistently ahead of the 
pub restaurant sector when open for ‘dine-in’, and our 
restructured Leisure business showed improved LFL sales 
growth when it was allowed to open, the first time it has 
shown growth for five years. 

In spite of heroic efforts to reduce our operating costs during 
the year, (reduced to just c£3.5m per month during the first 
national lockdown), adjusted losses before tax were £87.5m 
(2019: profit of £74.5m). The adjusted Loss per Share (LPS) 
was 13.4p per share compared to an adjusted Earnings per 
Share (EPS) of 11.9p in 2019. Statutory loss before tax was 
£127.6m (2019 loss before tax of £37.3m) including 
exceptional charges of £40.1m (2019 £111.8m) relating 
primarily to the restructuring charges explained in detail in 
the Financial Review section. Statutory LPS was 21.3p 
(2019: EPS 8.2p). These results also reflect the first-time 
implementation of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ in the current year, but 
comparatives have not been restated. On an IAS 17 basis, 
Adjusted EBITDA was £8.7m (2019: £136.7m) and Adjusted 
loss before tax was £47.9m (2019: profit of £74.5m).

Our priority throughout this pandemic has been the safety of 
our colleagues and customers and the preservation of cash, 
with all non-essential spend avoided. With that as a backdrop, 
the team have taken a range of actions including contract 
negotiations with our supportive supplier base, agreement 
of deferred payment plans, a significant reduction in capital 
expenditure to £38.9m (2019 £73.3m), accessing Government 
support where appropriate and taking voluntary pay and fee 
reductions and bonus waivers.

To strengthen our liquidity, we carried out a placing of shares 
on 8 April 2020, which raised net proceeds of £54.6m from 
institutional shareholders. We also achieved flexibility in our 
banking facilities from our supportive lending group, adding an 
additional £25m to the Group’s overall committed debt facilities, 
as well as extending the majority of facilities to 30 June 2022. 
Post year-end, the Group secured long-term committed 
financing to ensure the long term security of the business.

04  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

We have also significantly restructured our estate through 
several initiatives, with our total estate now c. 400 sites, 
compared with 653 at the end of 2019. These initiatives 
included a CVA in the Leisure business, which resulted in 
the exit of 128 underperforming sites (primarily relating to 
the Frankie & Benny’s brand); the administration of Chiquito 
Limited, resulting in the exit of 45 underperforming sites; the 
administration of Food & Fuel Limited, which resulted in the 
exiting of seven underperforming sites; and the exiting of over 
30 economically unattractive Concessions sites. 

During the year, Mike Tye and Allan Leighton stepped down from 
the Board as Non Executives. We’d like to thank them both for 
their contribution to the business. Graham Clemett became the 
Senior Independent Director and as previously announced, Alex 
Gersh joined the business as a Non-Executive on 23 February 
2021. Alex is an experienced listed business CFO and was 
previously CFO of the FTSE 100 constituent, Paddy Power 
Betfair Group, where he played a key role in the merger of Betfair 
with Paddy Power plc and in driving the subsequent success of 
the combined business. He will become a member of both the 
Audit and Nominations Committees.

The Group now employs approximately 14,000 people and 
we sincerely thank each and every one of them for their 
extraordinary efforts during this most challenging year, along 
with other stakeholders who have continued to be supportive 
of the Group. The feedback from customers who have missed 
our brands has been uplifting for our teams and we appreciate 
their loyalty.

As we look forward, despite all of the challenges of the 
pandemic, the business is well positioned to deliver long-term 
shareholder value. We have differentiated brands, with the 
opportunity to grow our delivery penetration, whilst at the 
same time sector capacity has reduced materially. 

The Board is encouraged by the welcome news of the initial 
success of the vaccination programme currently being rolled 
out, and is confident that the actions that we have taken 
provide us with strong foundations to emerge as one of the 
long-term winners once restrictions ease.

Debbie Hewitt MBE
Chairman

10 March 2021

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  05

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Business review

 TRG is operationally 
a much stronger business 
following the restructuring 
with four distinct pillars 
all capable of delivering 
good sustainable 
shareholder returns.”

Introduction
The Covid-19 pandemic and associated UK Government 
policy responses have had a very significant detrimental 
impact on the hospitality sector and on TRG’s ability to trade 
normally, and as a consequence its financial results and 
short-term outlook. In response to the pandemic, the Group 
has taken decisive action to protect the future of the business. 
The key developments are set out below and fall into three 
main strands:

1. Restructured the business

2. Recapitalised the business

3. Ready for Relaunching the business

1.  Restructured the business
Actions taken
The Group has significantly restructured its estate through 
several initiatives, for example, the CVA of TRG UK Ltd 
(primary operator of the Frankie & Benny’s brand), and exiting 
of Concessions sites that are no longer economically viable, 
and achieving improved terms with the majority of its airport 
partners, including a waiver of rental payments for non-trading 
periods and temporary suspension of minimum guaranteed 
rents (‘MGR’s’) or reduced MGR’s linked to passenger 
volumes. This improved flexibility in the rental structure 
enables the Concessions business to partially mitigate 
medium-term passenger volatility on trading. Overall, lease 
liabilities (IFRS 16) have been reduced by c. 48% to £484m 
(from £933m as at 30 December 2019).

Current estate 
Following the restructuring actions described above, the business has been reshaped and the retained estate is as below:

Wagamama UK3 
Pubs
Leisure
Concessions
Total

Year-end 
2019
148
84
350
71
653

CVA Administrations
–
(7)4 
(45)5 
–
(52)

–
–
(128)
–
(128)

Closed1 
(5)
(1)
(40-45)
(36-41)
(82-92)

Openings
6
2
–
–
8

Year-end 
20202 
149
78
132-137
30-35
c. 400

1.  Ranges given in Leisure and Concessions estate as some sites still subject to negotiations with landlords and airport partners. Represents the total number of 

locations projected by the Group to be closed by 30 June 2021 

2.  Expected retained estate 
3.  Includes delivery kitchens
4.  In total, the Food & Fuel Limited estate comprised 11 sites, 4 of which we achieved agreement with landlords and the administrator to retain
5.  In total, the Chiquito Limited comprised 63 sites, 18 of which we achieved agreement with landlords and the administrator to retain

06  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Diversified portfolio with four distinct pillars well 
positioned to deliver long-term shareholder value 
The restructured Group is focused on addressing what it 
believes are attractive segments of the market and good 
locations, with increasing penetration of delivery and take-
away components across the Wagamama and Leisure 
businesses. During the periods of re-opening in 2020, the 
Group’s businesses’ trading performance was in line with 
or exceeded that of their respective market benchmark, 
demonstrating their attractive positioning in the UK market. 
The Directors believe the four divisions of the Group are 
therefore well positioned across its diversified brand portfolio 
to benefit from a return to more normal levels of customer 
activity, as and when that occurs, and as a result deliver 
long-term Shareholder value:

Wagamama (c. 38% of retained estate) 
Wagamama is the only UK pan-Asian brand concept of 
scale, with no large direct competitor, and benefits from being 
aligned to a number of consumer trends, including the focus 
on healthy options, speedy service and convenience through 
delivery. The Wagamama obsession with fresh food and 
superior levels of engagement amongst team members (with 
industry leading team turnover rate) are critical points of 
differentiation, with the cuisine also travelling extremely well 
for delivery and takeaway. The business has a five-year track 
record of consistent market LFL sales outperformance of over 
5% pre-lockdown, and this continued during the period of 
reopening (according to the Coffer Peach tracker for 
restaurants). Delivery related sales penetration has also 
increased significantly, and the business is well positioned 
to win market share in the long-term structural growth trend 
towards delivery. Wagamama (excluding delivery kitchens) 
has a track record of delivering over 40% returns on invested 
capital and approximately £500,000 average outlet EBITDA 
(based on new openings between 2015 and 2017). The five 
Wagamama delivery kitchens currently in operation generate 
£225,000 average outlet EBITDA with over 75% return on 
invested capital. Given this track record, long-term ambitions 
include significant measured roll-out potential to expand both 
in the UK to a targeted c. 180-200 restaurants (from 144 
today), c. 20-30 delivery kitchens (from five today), and in 
international markets via franchise and the US JV.

Pubs (c. 20% of retained estate)
The Pubs business benefits from their premium proposition, 
being situated in rural locations with outside space and limited 
competition nearby, as well as autonomy at a site level on 
menu selection which allows pubs to adapt rapidly to local 
trends. Approximately 50% of the Pubs estate has over 100 
external covers, with the expansive buildings and grounds 
providing multiple ancillary trading opportunities. There is 
strong asset backing, with a freehold asset base valued at 
c. £153m (as of 27 December 2020, according to a third-party 
valuation report commissioned by the Group). The Group’s 
pubs have demonstrated excellent operational capabilities, 
with a well-established team and practices. TRG’s pubs have 
a five year track record through to 2019 of consistently 
outperforming market LFL sales by an average of 4%. The 
Pubs business also has a strong track record of delivering 
returns on invested capital of over 25% (on an adjusted 
leasehold basis6) and approximately £450,000 average outlet 
EBITDA (based on new openings between 2015 and 2017). 
Long-term ambition is for further selective site expansion and 
growing the business from 78 pubs today to a target of 
c. 140-160 pubs

Leisure (c. 33% of retained estate) 
The Leisure portfolio has been significantly restructured, 
leading to a c. 60% reduction in the trading estate, through 
the exit of a large number of structurally unattractive leases, 
addressing a key prior weakness of the Group. Furthermore, 
the restructuring of the Leisure business has also seen 
improved rental structures, with the average lease maturity 
reduced from 6 to 2.3 years, and an increase in the number of 
sites with turnover based rental terms increasing from 13% to 
66% (subject to minimum base rents). The Board believes that 
the resulting portfolio has the potential to achieve a higher 
average outlet EBITDA and EBITDA margin, with a significantly 
improved rental structure. The restructured estate represents 
c. 70% of the divisions FY 2019 outlet EBITDA. Delivery 
related sales penetration has also increased significantly, 
demonstrating that the business is well positioned to benefit 
from the macro trend towards delivery. The Group has 
recruited a new and experienced operational team to lead the 
long term recovery of the division and the long-term ambitions 
will focus on improving the cash generative nature of the 
division, maintaining the best sites in the strongest locations 
and increasing delivery penetration. 

6.  EBITDA assumed on leasehold basis at 6% interest on freehold component 

of investment

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  07

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
Business review continued

Concessions (c. 9% of retained estate)
The business has historically benefited from consistent UK 
passenger growth and traded ahead7 of it. Given passenger 
volumes are significantly reduced at present and anticipated not 
to significantly improve until 2022, the Group has restructured 
its estate, with a projected 50% reduction in Concessions sites 
from 71 to between 30 to 35 sites compared to FY 2019. The 
restructured estate will principally comprise of sites located in 
the UK’s major airports of Heathrow, Gatwick, Luton, Stansted 
and Manchester. The restructured estate will allow TRG to focus 
on delivering a higher average outlet EBITDA, as it represents 
c. 80% of FY 2019 outlet EBITDA. While there is not anticipated 
to be a significant improvement in airport passenger volumes in 
the immediate future, the Board believes that the resulting 
portfolio is well positioned to deliver attractive financial returns 
when air passenger growth returns to more normal levels 
of activity.

2. Recapitalised the business
£500m of new debt facilities
On 1 March 2021, the Group announced it had successfully 
signed commitments in relation to £500m of new debt 
facilities (the ‘New Facilities’), which comprise a £380m Term 
Loan Facility (the ‘Term Loan’), and a £120m Super Senior 
Revolving Credit Facility (the ‘RCF’). 

The New Facilities provide the Group with enhanced liquidity 
and long-term financing until the maturities of the Term Loan 
and the RCF in 2026 and 2025, respectively. The Term Loan 
and, as required, an initial simultaneous drawing of the RCF 
will be used to repay and refinance in full all of TRG’s existing 
debt facilities namely the TRG Plc RCF, the CLBILS Facility, 
the Wagamama Notes and the Wagamama RCF (the ‘Existing 
Facilities’) which were all due to reach maturity by or before 
July 2022. 

Following the utilisation of the New Facilities, and the 
repayment of the Existing Facilities, the Group’s financing 
arrangements will be simplified, as the Group’s debt will be 
consolidated into one finance group at the TRG level which 
will provide a more efficient funding structure to support the 
Group’s strategic initiatives. 

7.  Based on management calculations from passenger data sourced directly 

from airports

8.  Excluding exceptional charges

08  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

The New Facilities covenant package provides significant 
covenant headroom for an extended period. In particular, the 
Group shall be subject only to a minimum liquidity covenant 
set at £40m (versus £50m under the existing TRG Plc RCF) 
until December 2022 with leverage covenants being tested on 
the super senior revolving credit facility from June 2022, and 
on the term loan from December 2022. There shall be no net 
leverage-based testing under the Term Loan until the period 
ending 31 December 2022 at which point the Group’s net 
leverage covenant (as measured on a pre-IFRS 16 basis) shall 
be set at 5.0x before decreasing every six months to 4.0x by 
the period ending 31 December 2023 and thereafter.

We are delighted with the support provided to us by our 
lenders; however, we nevertheless remain focused on the 
reduction of our net debt and net leverage which has been 
temporarily impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic. Our new 
committed facilities are highly flexible in support of that 
objective, with both the Term Loan and the RCF subject to 
a margin ratchet which allows the Group’s cost of debt to 
decrease according to prevailing net leverage (defined as pre 
IFRS 16 net debt/EBITDA). For illustrative purposes the initial 
weighted average cost of debt is expected to be 
approximately 7.0%, which would fall to approximately 6.0% 
were net leverage to go below 2.0x (defined as pre IFRS 16 
net debt/EBITDA). In addition, whilst the Term Loan contains 
no contractual amortisation repayments, it provides flexibility 
to allow the Group to prepay the facility if desirable, with a 
significant proportion of the facility able to be prepaid without 
penalty in the 18 months following the initial drawdown.

£175m capital raise through firm placing and placing and 
open offer
In a separate announcement on 10 March 2021, the Group 
announced a £175m capital raise. The capital raise facilitates 
an acceleration of the Group’s medium-term leverage target as 
well as providing the flexibility to invest and grow the business. 
It marks the end of a deep restructuring programme and 
successful refinancing of the Group’s long-term debt facilities. 
Specifically the net proceeds of the capital raise will be used 
in the following order of priority:

•  firstly, to improve TRG’s liquidity headroom to protect 

against any potential resurgence of the Covid-19 pandemic; 

•  secondly, to accelerate TRG’s deleveraging to a target 

Net Debt to EBITDA8 (pre-IFRS 16) below 1.5 times in the 
medium term; and

•  thirdly, to strengthen TRG’s flexibility to capitalise on 

selective site expansion in its Wagamama (UK restaurants, 
UK delivery kitchens) and Pubs businesses, where TRG 
expect there to be good and profitable opportunities.

3. Ready for Relaunching the business
Market overview
The number of casual dining outlets in the UK is expected 
to decline by 30 to 35% from the end of 2019 to the end of 
2021. The overall market for branded restaurants (outlets) is 
expected to contract by 30 to 35% at the end of 2021, with 
a number of long-established, multi-site casual dining 
brands having permanently closed a significant proportion 
of their estate following a series of restructuring initiatives.

The delivery market has also grown rapidly and was worth 
£9.8 billion in 2020, a 40% increase over the two previous 
years (according to the Rebuilding of Hospitality 2021 to 2025 
report and MCA Food service delivery report 2019). TRG 
believes the delivery market can continue to grow quickly, and 
it represents a significant strategic opportunity, particularly for 
the operators with the right scale, brands and capability set.

Ready for a rapid and profitable reopening
The Group currently has approximately 200 sites trading for 
delivery and takeaway across its Wagamama and Leisure 
businesses. The trading performance of those sites has been 
very encouraging. With this strong operating platform in place, 
the Group has good capability to deliver an accelerated 
reopening plan for dine-in trading, once the current restrictions 
for hospitality businesses end, with all viable sites being 
reopened within two weeks. In addition, mothballed 
Concessions sites can be quickly reactivated.

Sales densities should recover quickly with the significant 
capacity that has already left the market and the pent-up 
demand for hospitality given the prolonged period of closure.

The Group will also be relaunching from an improved cost 
base with 50% of its leasehold estate now on a turnover rent 
structure, as well as benefitting from previous investments 
made in technology apps, screens, visors, hand sanitisers 
and extensive team training to make premises and operations 
Covid-19 secure.

Current Trading and Outlook
As per the restrictions announced by the English, Scottish and 
Welsh governments in January 2021, the Group currently has 
no sites able to trade for dine-in, and is operating delivery and 
click-and-collect services across approximately 200 sites in its 
Wagamama and Leisure businesses. The performance of 
delivery and takeaway for those sites has been extremely 
encouraging with average weekly delivery and takeaway sales 
being c. 2.5x pre-Covid-19 levels for Wagamama and c. 5.0x 
times pre-Covid-19 levels for Leisure (for the four weeks to 
28 February 2021).

The Board is encouraged by the welcome news of the initial 
success of the vaccination programme currently being rolled 
out, and believes the Group is well positioned to benefit from 
a sustained removal of restrictions over time given its previous 
encouraging trading performance following the first lockdown 
and the strong operating platform in place. However, in the 
near term, the Board anticipates that the outlook remains 
uncertain with trading disrupted while government restrictions 
for hospitality businesses are in place. 

Summary
The Group is well positioned to deliver long-term 
shareholder value:

•  TRG is operationally a much stronger business following the 
restructuring with four distinct pillars all capable of delivering 
good sustainable shareholder returns; 

•  we have a secure long-term capital structure and now 

enjoy the flexibility to take advantage of selective market 
growth opportunities; and

•  we have a strong operating platform to relaunch our 
business and deliver an accelerated reopening plan 

Andy Hornby
Chief Executive Officer

10 March 2021

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  09

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
TRG’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic

It has been an extraordinary and unprecedented period for 
the hospitality sector and the wider economy. Throughout the 
year, the Group acted decisively and at pace, ensuring the 
health and safety of our customers and colleagues, whilst also 
taking the right steps to protect the future of the business. 
The steps taken are summarised below.

Banking facilities and liquidity
In order to strengthen our liquidity, the Company carried out 
a placing of shares on 8 April 2020 which raised net proceeds 
of £54.6m from institutional shareholders. In addition, we have 
announced a further capital raise of £175m to ensure the 
long-term stability of the Group.

Decisive actions taken in response to Covid-19
To address the effects of the pandemic and the lockdown 
measures put in place by the Government, swift and 
decisive action has been taken by the Group, including 
the following measures:

•  focus on safeguarding TRG’s colleagues and customers;

•  costs during the first national lockdown were reduced to a 
maximum of only c. £3.5m per month. Cash-burn during 
the November national lockdown was minimised to 
c. £5.5m for the month (including rents payable under the 
terms of the Leisure CVA as well as employer contributions 
towards furlough payments); 

We also achieved increased flexibility in our banking facilities 
with our very supportive lending group which included full 
covenant waivers on the existing facilities to September 2021, 
subject to maintaining a minimum liquidity of £50m, accessing 
£50m through the CLBILS scheme supported by Lloyds Bank, 
and increasing the revolving credit facilities from Santander.

As covered above, the Group secured post year-end long 
term committed financing to ensure the long-term security 
of the business.

Remuneration
There have been voluntary pay sacrifices by:

•  action to address working capital pressures, including 

•  TRG’s Executive Directors (40% of salary by Andy Hornby, 

contract renegotiations with our supportive supplier base 
and the agreement of deferred payment plans;

•  a significant and immediate reduction in the capital 

expenditure of the Group to no more than £40.0m for 2020;

•  accessing Government support where appropriate including:

 – the furloughing of up to 20,000 employees across the 
restaurants and head office under the Government’s 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme;

 – agreement of payment plans with HMRC under the 

‘Time to Pay’ scheme to defer payment of PAYE and 
National Insurance and

CEO, and 20% of salary by Kirk Davis, CFO from 1 April 2020 
to 30 June 2020, both of whom have also voluntarily foregone 
their bonuses for FY 2019 and the Remuneration Committee 
exercised its discretion to resolve that no annual bonuses will 
be paid to the Executive Directors for FY 2020);

•  a voluntary 40% reduction of Non-Executive Directors’ fees 
from 1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 (and reduction in the 
number of Non-Executives from six to five);

•  a majority of staff at head office (with pay sacrifices 

ranging from 20% to 40% of salary) from 1 April 2020 to 
30 June 2020 and

•  all TRG Directors voluntarily waiving 20% of their salaries/

 – VAT has been deferred under the VAT Deferral Scheme 

fees from 1 July 2020 until 31 March 2021.

offered by the Government which allowed all VAT 
payments between March and June 2020 to be 
deferred to 2021.

10  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Restricted trading and Covid-19 health and 
safety measures
At various times from early July 2020, we have been able to 
open parts of our estate to dine-in trade. Extensive planning 
was done in each division with protocols and procedures in 
place to ensure colleague and customer safety whilst 
providing an enjoyable and authentic hospitality experience. 
Operational changes we have made at various times include:

•  Guest and team safety: introducing innovative sliding 

screens in Wagamama which help seat groups safely apart 
along our iconic benches; taking advantage of the spacious 
layout of the internal dining areas and many large beer 
gardens of our Pubs to accommodate social distancing; 
adapted table spacing; increased cleaning and sanitation 
and use of PPE;

•  Technology: introduction of new ‘Pay at Table’ 

functionality in our Wagamama and Pubs businesses with 
very encouraging uptake and has been well received by 
our guests; and

•  Optimising off-trade channels: growth of delivery activity 

along with the enhanced click-and-collect proposition and 
further development of online-only brands. 

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  11

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Financial review

 In all periods where we 
were permitted to trade 
without restrictions, all 
businesses traded well, 
and I was particularly 
encouraged by their ability 
to adapt to the constantly 
changing environment.”

The transition to IFRS 16, which is described in detail in note 1 to 
the financial statements, has had a significant impact upon the 
presentation of results but the prior periods have not been 
restated. We therefore show below the current period on both 
an IFRS 16 and an IAS 17 basis to allow comparability to the 
2019 results.

Note 1 to the financial statements provides a reconciliation 
to allow readers to understand the differences between our 
current period results on an IAS 17 basis and those under 
IFRS 16, as well as the differences between adjusted and 
total results.

The adjusted measures (as shown on the face of the Income 
Statement, or in Note 1 to the accounts) are summarised below:

Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer

Revenue

52 weeks 
ended 
27 December 
2020
IFRS 16
£m
459.8

52 weeks 
ended 
27 December 
2020
IAS 17
£m
459.8

52 weeks 
ended 
29 December 
2019
IAS 17
£m
1,073.1

Adjusted 1 EBITDA

53.4

8.7

136.7

Adjusted 1 operating 
(loss)/profit
Adjusted 1 operating 
margin

(49.7)

(30.5)

91.1

(10.8%)

(6.7%)

8.5%

Adjusted 1 (loss)/
profit before tax

Exceptional items 
before tax
Statutory (loss) 
before tax
Statutory (loss) 
after tax

Adjusted 1 EPS 
(pence)
Statutory EPS  
(pence)

(87.5)

(47.9)

74.5

(40.1)

(127.6)

(119.9)

(13.4p)

(21.3p)

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

(111.8)

(37.3)

(40.4)

11.9

(8.2)

1 The Group’s adjusted performance metrics such as Adjusted EBITDA are 

defined within the glossary at the end of this report

12  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading results
The impact of Covid-19 has had a significant detrimental effect 
on our results for the year with trading for dine-in customers 
only operating for around four months of the year, and the 
remainder of the year we suffered a mix of full closures, 
delivery and takeaway-only trading or a combination of 
the above through the regional tiering restrictions. This has 
resulted in total revenue down 57.2% to £459.8m (2019: 
£1,073.1m). In all periods where we were permitted to trade 
without restrictions, all businesses traded well, and I was 
particularly encouraged by their ability to adapt to the 
constantly changing environment. In a year of significant 
challenges, we are particularly proud of two achievements. 
Firstly, our Q3 trading across all businesses was in line or 
ahead of the market, which has demonstrated the strength of 
our restructured business, and gives me great confidence in 
our ability to relaunch whenever we are able. Secondly, we 
have continued to grow our delivery and takeaway business 
so that our standalone average weekly sales through these 
channels are currently running at c. 2.5x and c. 5.0x pre-
Covid-19 levels in our Wagamama and Leisure businesses 
respectively. These successes have given us greater resilience 
to the pandemic by allowing us to continue trading throughout 
lockdowns and tiered trading restrictions, and will set us up 
for future growth through delivery channels where we have 
welcomed new and existing customers through 2020. 

The Group had to take swift and decisive action to protect the 
business, including several very difficult decisions in a very 
uncertain trading environment. The full details of our response 
to covid are included in the ‘TRG’s response to the Covid-19 
pandemic’ section. I would like to extend my thanks to the 
teams, both in the restaurants and in the head office who have 
adapted superbly to the challenges of 2020 and have pulled 
together to support the business and each other during this 
incredibly difficult year.

Measures used to monitor business performance in 2020 are 
based on the IAS 17 approach to lease accounting, which is 
consistent with prior years but does not include the impact of 
IFRS 16. On this basis, Adjusted operating profit fell to a loss 
of £30.5m (2019: profit of £91.1m) and Adjusted EBITDA was 
£8.7m (2019: £136.7m) due principally to the extended periods 
of closure and restrictions as highlighted above. Whilst the 
business reacted rapidly to reduce costs and minimise cash 
burn to only £3.5m per month in the first lockdown, due to the 
reduction in sales and fixed costs, there was a significant 
reduction in profitability.

Including the impact of IFRS 16, Adjusted1 operating loss was 
£49.7m (2019: profit of £91.1m). On a statutory basis, the 
Group’s operating loss was £89.8m (2019: loss: £20.7m), 
reflecting an exceptional pre-tax charge of £40.1m (2019: 
£111.8m) predominantly relating to the impairment of our asset 
base following the trading restrictions during the pandemic, 
and costs relating to the closure of our estate, offset by a 
credit relating to lease exits to restructure our Leisure business 
to deliver a higher quality, diversified estate. Adjusted1 loss 
before tax for the period was £87.5m (2019: profit of £74.5m). 
The significant difference in loss under IFRS 16 is due to the 
differing accounting treatment of our rent concessions 
throughout the pandemic. Under IAS17, they are recognised in 
the year whereas we have elected to recognise them over the 
life of the lease under IFRS 16. Adjusted1 loss per share were 
13.4p (2019: earnings per share of 11.9p). On a statutory 
basis, loss before tax was £127.6m (2019: loss of £37.3m). 
On a statutory basis, loss after tax was £119.9m (2019: 
statutory loss of £40.4m).

Cash flow and net debt
Pre-lease liability net debt has increased this year from 
£286.6m to £340.4m, an increase of £53.8m despite the inflow 
of £54.6m via a capital placing in April 2020. Whilst trading has 
generated positive cash flows of £8.7m before working capital 
and interest, the partial unwind of trade creditors has led to an 
operating cash outflow of £18.2m (2019: inflow of £140.5m). 
Post-IFRS 16, the net debt was £824.2m which was a reduction 
of £395.8m, or c. 33%, from the 30 December 2019 figure of 
£1,220.0m. This reduction has been driven by the exit of 
128 leases through the CVA process (£193.6m), 52 sites exited 
through the administration processes (£82.4m), and also the 
renegotiation of a number of Concession leases to remove the 
minimum guaranteed portion of rent (£140.0m).

In order to protect the business, capital expenditure has been 
restricted since March, with a total expenditure of £38.9m 
(2019: £73.3m). We opened three new Wagamama 
restaurants in the year (including two conversions from Leisure 
sites), two new Pubs and have constructed five new sites at 
Manchester airport that are due to open in 2021. 

Despite these outflows, the Group had available facilities of 
£470.0m at year end and had cash headroom of £127.1m with 
a minimum liquidity requirement of £50.0m. Following the 
introduction of the January 2021 lockdown the business had 
reduced cash burn to around £5.5m per four week period and 
has experienced a further working capital outflow relating to 
trade creditors. 

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  13

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Financial review continued

Summary cash flow for the year (on a pre IFRS 16 basis) is set 
out below:

Adjusted EBITDA (IAS 17 basis)
Working capital and non-cash 
adjustments
Operating cash flow 
Net interest paid
Tax received/(paid)
Refurbishment and 
maintenance expenditure
Free cash flow
Development capital expenditure
Movement in capital creditors
Utilisation of onerous lease 
provisions
Exceptional costs
Dividends 
Proceeds from issue of 
share capital
Proceeds from disposals
Cash movement
Pre-IFRS 16 net debt brought 
forward
Derecognition of finance lease 
liabilities (IFRS 16 transition)
Non-cash movement in net debt
Pre-IFRS 16 net debt carried 
forward
Lease liabilities (IFRS 16 basis)
Post-IFRS 16 net debt carried 
forward

2020
£m
8.7

(26.9)
(18.2)
(15.5)
5.1

(21.9)
(50.5)
(17.0)
(1.0)

(9.3)
(34.9)
–

54.6
3.3
(54.8)

2019
£m
136.7

3.8
140.5
(14.5)
(10.3)

(34.5)
81.2
(38.8)
(5.0)

(12.6)
(28.5)
(17.5) 

–
27.3
6.1

(286.6)

(291.1)

2.6
(1.6)

–
(1.6)

(340.4)
(483.8)

(286.6)
(933.4)

(824.2)

(1,220.0)

Refinancing
As outlined in the business review section, the Group has 
post year-end signed a £500m debt package. These facilities 
consist of a £380m term loan expiring in Q2 2026, and a 
£120m super senior revolving credit facility expiring in Q2 
2025. The term loan is available to the Group to draw upon 
until 31 May 2021 and will be used to repay the current £225m 
bond, the drawn portion of the revolving credit facilities, and 
£50m of CLBILS facilities.

In addition, on 10 March 2021 we announced a capital raise 
of £175m as outlined in the business review section. 

Going Concern 
The directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing 
the Annual Report and Accounts after assessing the Group’s 
principal risks including the risks arising from Covid-19.

The outbreak of Covid-19 and its continuing impact on the 
economy, and specifically the hospitality sector, casts 
uncertainty as to the future financial performance and cash 
flows of the Group. When assessing the ability of the Group 
to continue as a going concern the Directors have considered 
the Group’s financing arrangements, likely trading patterns 
through the recovery, and the possibility of future lockdowns 
or social restrictions.

The Principal Risks and Uncertainties are disclosed in the Risk 
Committee Report. These have been considered by Directors 
in forming their opinion. The Directors have reviewed financial 
projections to 31 March 2022 (the review period), containing 
both the base case and a severe stress case. In the severe 
stress case, the current national lockdown is forecast to 
continue until 17 May 2021, and the business is then operating 
under social restrictions (in line with October 2020) until the 
end of December 2021. Whilst this is significantly worse than 
the ‘Road to Recovery’ announced by the UK government on 
22 February 2021, the Directors considered it necessary to 
plan for the potential scenario that the recovery is significantly 
delayed. In addition, due to restrictions on international travel, 
the Concessions business is also forecast to be closed 
completely during 2021. The projections assume that whilst 
there are social restrictions which impact our ability to trade 
normally, the UK Government will continue to provide support 
via the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme. Whilst this has 
currently been announced as ending in September 2021, 
the projections assume this will be extended to protect 
employment if required. The gross proceeds of the 
underwritten capital raise of approximately £175m as 
announced on 10 March 2021 and which is subject to 
shareholder approval have also been included in both 
forecasts. In both forecasts, the Group has sufficient liquidity, 
via its new facilities, to finance operations for at least the next 
twelve months to the end of March 2022. The Group will draw 
on the new term loan before the end of May 2021, by which 
time the Group is contracted to have made a single once-only 
drawdown of between £230m and £380m, simultaneously 
repaying the existing RCF, CLBILS and bond debt. In both 
base case and stress case scenarios it is assumed that 
£380m of term loan facility will be drawn down. The exact 
amount will be determined by the Board taking relevant 
factors into account on drawdown with the objective of 
ensuring a reasonable level of cash headroom throughout the 
review period, based on the forecast cash flows at the time. 
From signing of the new debt agreements the Group will be 
bound by the covenants in those new facilities which consist 

14  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

of a minimum liquidity of £40m until December 2022 followed 
by leverage covenants being tested on the super senior 
revolving credit facility from June 2022, and on the term loan 
from December 2022. (see Note 27 for details of covenants). 
There are no leverage covenant tests in the review period.

The Directors have concluded that the conditionality of the 
capital raise, requiring shareholder approval at the General 
Meeting on 29 March 2021, represents a material uncertainty to 
the Directors’ going concern assessment. For the purposes of 
both the ‘base’ and ‘stress’ case, this capital raise is forecast to 
complete. Should it not complete, the Group’s liquidity will be 
challenged. In the ‘base case’, the covenants and minimum 
liquidity requirements are not forecast to be breached, but in the 
‘stress case’, the minimum liquidity covenant would be breached 
in the review period unless sufficient alternate strategies could 
be implemented. In pre-marketing the capital raise, Management 
has conducted a number of meetings with investors covering 
over 50% of the share register and expects to receive 
shareholder approval for the capital raise at the forthcoming 
General Meeting. However, this is not guaranteed, and the vote 
may not pass. If approval was not obtained, the Group would 
aim to take a number of co-ordinated actions designed to avoid 
a covenant breach, including further discussions with its 
landlords, selective disposal of assets, further cost reduction 
programmes, or other commercial actions. The Board is 
confident that shareholder approval will be obtained and 
therefore has a reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
period to 31 March 2022, being at least the next twelve months 
from the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts. 
On this basis, the Directors continue to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing these accounts. Accordingly, these accounts 
do not include any adjustments to the carrying amount or 
classification of assets and liabilities that would result if the 
Group were unable to continue as a going concern.

Exceptional costs
An exceptional pre-tax charge of £40.1m has been recorded 
in the year (2019: £111.8m). The key elements of this cost 
are below:

•  A net impairment charge of £37.1m (2019: £105.8m) which 
represents the reduced trading potential of a number of 
sites during the second half of 2020, and also in the 
recovery phase through the next couple of years within 
our Concessions business.

•  Administration costs and write-offs of £9.9m relating to 

Chiquito Limited and Food & Fuel Limited.

•  A credit from restructuring the Leisure business of £20.0m 
(2019: £nil). There are a number of components of this with 
the most significant being:

 – £18.2m of staff restructuring costs;

 – A cost of £12.7m from assets disposed as part of the 

estate restructuring

 – A £7.5m provision for property costs on sites that were 
exited via the CVA. These sites have no associated rent 
costs but the Group is still liable for Business Rates until 
the end of the lease.

 – A credit of £21.3m from a number of leases exited earlier 

than expected

 – A net credit of £26.5m from the removal of lease liabilities 
of £193.6m, offset by a corresponding write-down in the 
assets of £167.1m following the completion of the CVA.

 – A £10.6m credit from reduction in minimum rents 
obtained in negotiations with our airport partners

•  Closure costs of £5.5m relating to the first national lockdown. 
This includes stock wastage, maintenance and security costs 
while closed.

•  Professional fees of £4.4m have been incurred in the year 
relating to various corporate activities to restructure and 
refinance the business. 

•  Integration costs of £3.2m (2019: £11.2m) relating to costs 
incurred in the integration of Wagamama and the project 
costs to achieve the synergy cost saving and site 
conversion programme. 

The tax charge relating to these exceptional charges was 
£4.3m (2019: credit of £13.1m).

Cash expenditure associated with the above exceptional 
charges was £34.9m in the year (2019: £28.5m) relating 
principally to the staff restructuring, closure costs, and 
professional fees as discussed above. The remainder 
of the exceptional items were non-cash in nature.

Tax 
The Adjusted 1 tax credit for the year was £12.0m (2019: 
charge of £16.3m), summarised as follows:

Corporation tax
Deferred tax
Total
Effective adjusted 1 tax rate

2020
£m
(8.8)
(3.2)
(12.0)
13.7%

2019
£m
15.5
0.8
16.3
21.8%

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  15

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Financial review continued

The effective adjusted1 tax rate for the year was 13.7% 
compared to 21.8% in the prior year. The loss in the year has 
meant that the Group has losses to carry forward in to 2021, 
on top of the net tax receipt of £5.1m which relates to carrying 
back 2020 losses against tax paid in relation to 2019 profits. 
The amount of tax carried forward is lower than the UK 
corporation tax rate of 19% due to restrictions in the amount of 
interest that can be deducted given the loss-making position, 
and other costs not deductible for tax purposes. Further detail 
on the tax for the year is in Note 8 to the accounts.

Viability Statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code (July 2018) (the “Code”), the Directors have assessed the 
viability of the Group over a two-year period to December 2022.

The Directors believe that two years is the appropriate time-
period over which to evaluate long term viability and this is 
consistent with the Group’s current strategic planning process. 
In the prior year, the Directors took a view across three years 
but due to the uncertainty around Covid-19, it is deemed that 
less confidence can be placed on longer term forecasts. 
Given the uncertain trading environment in the UK, there is 
considerable uncertainty in these forecasts. The Board is 
encouraged by the recent government announcements of the 
‘Road to Recovery’ and expects to be able to open for dine-in 
customers from 17 May 2021, and earlier for sites with external 
covers. However, Management has prepared, and the Board 
has considered two key scenarios:

•  A ‘base case’ whereby the national lockdown is in operation 

until 17 May 2021 followed by two months of trading impacted 
by social restrictions (in line with October 2020) with around a 
20% reduction in sales with normal trade resuming in August 
2021. The projections assume the extension of business 
support initiatives in line with prior government policy, 
principally through the extension of VAT reduction to 5% and 
business rates relief to 17 May 2021 (i.e. during the period of 
national lockdown restrictions) and the extension of the 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme until the middle of July 
2021 (i.e. during the period of social restrictions). Due to the 
impact of the pandemic on international travel, only 40% of 
our concession sites are forecast to be trading in 2021.

•  A ‘stress case’ whereby the national lockdown is in 

operation until 17 May 2021 followed by trading impacted by 
social restrictions (in line with October 2020) to the end of 
December 2021. Government support is the same as in the 
‘base case’ but with the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme 
extended beyond the currently announced policy of 
September 2021 to the end of December 2021 due to the 
extended period of social restrictions. The Concessions 
business is also closed for the whole of 2021 reflecting the 
increased concerns around international travel.

16  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Measures have already been taken in 2020 and 2021 to 
protect the business and to restrict the future cash outflows 
as reported in the company’s Covid-19 response.

As announced on 1 March 2021, the Group has entered into 
two new facilities agreements under which £500m of debt 
facilities have been made available to the Group, comprising a 
package of £380m of new term loan and £120m super senior 
RCF maturing in Q2 2026 and Q2 2025 respectively and so 
has committed facilities for the duration of the period under 
review. In due course, the Group’s existing revolving credit 
and CLBILS facilities will be repaid and cancelled, and the 
Wagamama bond will be repaid.

As detailed on page 69 the Board has conducted a robust 
assessment of the principal risks facing the business. The 
resilience of the Group to the impact of these risks has been 
assessed by applying a severe but plausible sensitivity to the 
cash flow projections based on past experience. This includes 
modelling the different scenarios above.

After careful consideration of the forecasts and risks facing the 
business, the Directors have concluded that the conditionality 
of the capital raise, requiring shareholder approval at the 
General Meeting on 29 March 2021, represents a material 
uncertainty to the Directors’ going concern assessment. For 
the purposes of both the ‘base’ and ‘stress’ case, this capital 
raise is forecast to complete. Should it not complete, the 
Group’s liquidity will be challenged. In the ‘base case’, the 
covenants and minimum liquidity requirements are not 
forecast to be breached, but in the ‘stress case’, the minimum 
liquidity covenant would be breached in the review period 
unless sufficient alternate strategies could be implemented. 
In pre-marketing the capital raise, Management has 
conducted a number of meetings with investors covering over 
50% of the share register and expects to receive shareholder 
approval for the capital raise at the forthcoming General 
Meeting. However, this is not guaranteed, and the vote may 
not pass. If approval was not obtained, the Group would aim 
to take a number of co-ordinated actions designed to avoid a 
covenant breach, including further discussions with its 
landlords, selective disposal of assets, further cost reduction 
programmes, or other commercial actions. The Board is 
confident that shareholder approval will be obtained. 

Taking account of the Group’s current position, the material 
uncertainty described above, the principal risks facing the 
business and the sensitivity analysis, as well as the potential 
mitigating actions that the company could take, and the 
experience that the company has in adapting the business 
to change, the Board has a reasonable expectation that the 
company will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the two-year period of assessment.

Further details on the forecast process and assumptions can 
be found in Note 1 to the accounts.

IFRS 16
The Group has adopted IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ in its accounts for 
the year ended 27 December 2020 and so these Accounts 
are the first to include the impact of IFRS 16. The Group has 
decided to adopt the standard as at 30 December 2019 
without any restatement of the results for prior periods, 
which continue to be presented under IAS 17 and which 
may therefore not be fully comparable.

The impact of IFRS 16 is twofold:

•  firstly, to create a lease liability for rental costs and 

corresponding right of use asset in the balance sheet, and 

•  secondly, to remove the rental charge from the income 
statement and replace it with a depreciation charge in 
respect of the right of use asset and a finance charge in 
respect of the unwinding of the lease liability.

Accordingly, and relative to the previous lease accounting 
standard IAS 17, IFRS 16 sees the Group report:

•  a higher level of adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA no longer 
includes the IAS 17 rent cost and rises by £44.7m;

•  a higher adjusted operating loss. The increased depreciation 
is £63.9m and so greater than the rent expense removed and 
so operating loss is higher by £19.2m;

•  a higher level of loss before tax. The combined IFRS 16 
charges for depreciation of the right of use asset and 
interest on the lease liability exceed the IAS 17 rent charge 
by £39.6m. This higher cost is in relation to the differing 
accounting treatment of our rent concessions throughout 
the pandemic. Under IAS17, they are recognised in the year 
whereas we have elected to recognise them over the life of 
the lease under IFRS 16; and

•  a higher level of net debt, reflecting the inclusion of a net 
additional £483.8m of capitalised lease liabilities within 
net debt.

Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer

10 March 2021

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  17

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Section 172 statement

This is the first year that the Directors are required to provide 
a section 172 statement as part of the Strategic report. We 
explain below the background to the section 172 statement, 
how we engage with stakeholders and the factors considered 
by the Board in the principal decisions taken during the year.

Background
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (‘Act’) requires the 
Directors to act in the way they consider, in good faith, would 
be most likely to promote the success of the company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole, having regard to various 
factors, including the matters listed below in section  
172(1)(a) to (f):

(a) the likely consequences of any decisions in the long-term; 

(b) the interests of the Company’s employees; 

(c)  the need to foster the Company’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others; 

(d)  the impact of the Company’s operations on the community 

and environment; 

and operational performance, as well as information covering 
areas such as key risks.

Principal decisions 
We have outlined below examples of how the Directors of the 
Company have had regard to the matters set out in section 
172(1)(a) to (f), including consideration of the Company’s 
employees and other stakeholders when discharging their 
duties under section 172 and the effect on the principal 
decisions taken by them.

Decisions related to Covid-19
It has been an extraordinary and unprecedented period for the 
hospitality sector and the wider economy and the Board acted 
during 2020, to ensure the health and safety of our customers 
and employees, whilst also taking the right steps to protect 
the future of the business. Decisive actions were taken in 
response to the pandemic and the impact of lockdowns, 
Government restrictions and significant exceptional costs. 
Key decisions taken by the Board included:

(e)  the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for 

•  reducing costs during lockdown;

high standards of business conduct and 

(f)   the need to act fairly as between members of the Company.

The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 
require Directors to explain how they have considered the 
interests of key stakeholders and the broader matters set out in 
section 172(1)(a) to (f) when performing their duty to promote the 
success of the Company under section 172. This requirement 
applies to the Company from the 2020 financial year. 

•  accessing Government support where appropriate, 

including the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (‘CJRS’), 
VAT and business rate holidays;

•  arranging increased flexibility in our banking facilities with 

our lending group and

•  strengthening our liquidity, with a placing of shares on 

8 April 2020 which raised net proceeds of £54.6 million 
from institutional shareholders.

Stakeholder engagement
The Directors take into account the views and interests of 
a wide set of stakeholders. During the year the Board and 
its Committees received papers, presentations and reports, 
participated in discussions and considered the impact of 
the Company’s activities on its key stakeholders (wherever 
relevant). Particularly in light of the Covid-19 pandemic and 
the various lockdowns of the hospitality industry, the Board 
has frequently had to make difficult decisions having regard to 
competing priorities. By considering the Company’s strategic 
priorities and being prepared to adapt to the unprecedented 
challenges faced, the Board has acted to promote the success 
of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole.

The Board has engaged directly with stakeholders on certain 
issues, such as the stakeholder consultation exercise that was 
conducted before proposing the new Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy in October 2020. In addition, the Board also considers 
information from across the organisation to help it understand 
the impact of its decisions, and to consider the interests and 
views of our key stakeholders. It also reviews strategy, financial 

A full summary of the decisions taken by the Group in response 
to the Covid-19 pandemic is detailed on pages 10 to 11.

In taking all of these decisions, the Board was mindful of 
the long-term interest of the Company and its stakeholders, 
particularly employees and customers, shareholders, suppliers 
and strategic partners; the desirability of the Company 
maintaining a reputation for high standards of business 
conduct and the need to act fairly as between members 
of the Company.

Leisure business rationalisation
In light of the Covid-19 crisis and its impact on the Group, 
the Board was keenly aware of the need to protect profitability 
and conserve cash in order to promote the success of the 
Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. The 
Board was placed in the difficult position of having to decide 
whether support should continue to be provided to those 
areas of the Group which were loss-making and which were 
forecast to continue to be dependent on financial support in 
the future. 

18  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

In April 2020, the Group took the decision to place two of its 
subsidiaries, Chiquito Limited and Food and Fuel Limited, into 
administration. In June 2020, the Group announced a proposal 
to further reduce the size of its Leisure estate and rental cost 
base by the implementation of a company voluntary 
arrangement (‘CVA’) of The Restaurant Group (UK) Limited 
(‘TRG UK Ltd’) which principally comprises the Frankie & 
Benny’s estate. The CVA, which was approved by creditors, 
resulted in the closure of approximately 125 uneconomical sites 
with an additional approximately 85 sites being subject to a 
reduction in rental costs and revised lease terms. 

As market conditions continued to deteriorate in conjunction 
with the on-going Covid-19 pandemic, the Board concluded 
that it would most likely promote the success of the Company 
for the benefit of its members as a whole, to allocate financial 
resources at its disposal to supporting the financially viable 
parts of the Group during the Covid-19 crisis, and to only 
continue to support TRG UK Ltd if it was capable of becoming 
financially viable on a standalone basis. In taking these 
decisions, the Board considered the consequences of any 
decisions in the long-term, the interests of the Company, its 
shareholders, employees, suppliers and other stakeholders, 
the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and 
environment and the desirability of the Company maintaining a 
reputation for high standards of business conduct. The Group 
was also able to buy a number of Chiquito and Food and Fuel 
sites out of administration, thus preserving a proportion of the 
relevant employees’ jobs and securing the continued operation 
of those sites. In respect of the CVA, the claims of TRG UK Ltd’s 
employees were not compromised as part of the CVA, and all 
TRG UK Ltd employee claims were paid in full. Similarly, the 
Board recognised the on-going support provided by suppliers 
and HMRC and their claims were also not compromised by the 
CVA. Finally, whilst many of TRG UK Ltd’s landlords were 
affected by the CVA, careful consideration was given to the 
categorisation of leases and the terms offered to landlords in 
each category so that the estimated outcome for every landlord 
under the CVA was more advantageous than the alternative 
administration scenario.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
As part of the Board’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic, 
the Directors and the wider leadership team, adopted a 
responsible approach to remuneration to safeguard the 
business including voluntary salary and fee waivers by all the 
Directors, which will continue until at least 31 March 2021, 
waiver of the Executive Director bonuses for 2019 which were 
approved and reported as payable in last year’s Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and no annual bonuses to be paid 
to the Executive Directors for 2020. Full details are provided 
on page 48.

Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy was due to expire in 2021, 
having originally been approved at the AGM held in May 2018. 
However, given the exceptional events of 2020 related to 
Covid-19, and our Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) no longer 
being appropriate, the Remuneration Committee decided to 
accelerate its review and recommended a new Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy which was better aligned to the long-
term interests of the Company and its shareholders. The 
Committee reviewed the scheme and consulted directly, and 
in several cases extensively, with our 12 largest shareholders 
and the leading proxy advisory firms. The Board considered 
the likely consequences of the decision in the long-term in 
that the move to restricted stock would better support the 
stewardship role of management and ensure they were 
aligned with the shareholder experience, as well as supporting 
the Company’s strategy. The Board also considered the 
interests of employees, shareholders and other stakeholders, 
the impact of the Company’s operations on the community 
and environment and the Company’s reputation for high 
standards of business conduct by ensuring that any vesting 
will be contingent on satisfaction of a discretionary underpin, 
assessed three years after grant, to determine whether the 
vesting is appropriate in all the circumstances and involving 
a broad assessment of progress made in terms of financial 
performance and such other factors as the Committee may 
consider relevant, including as to various environmental, social 
and corporate governance factors.

Suspension of dividend to facilitate strategic priorities
As part of its announcement of the final results for the 52 
weeks ended 29 December 2019, in February 2020 (before 
the Covid-19 pandemic hit), the Board outlined three strategic 
priorities for the next two years:

•  grow our Wagamama, Concessions and Pubs businesses;

•  rationalise our Leisure business and 

•  accelerate our deleveraging profile.

In order to support these strategic priorities, the Board took 
the decision to temporarily suspend the dividend to allow for 
continued investing in our three growth businesses 
(Wagamama, Concessions and Pubs), whilst facilitating an 
acceleration of our Leisure estate rationalisation and 
strengthening our balance sheet. In taking this decision, the 
Board considered the likely consequences in the long-term, 
the need to focus on strategic priorities for the benefit of our 
customers, employees and the Company’s business 
relationships with suppliers, the holders of the Group’s debt 
and others, the impact of the Company’s operations on the 
community and environment, the Company’s reputation for 
high standards of business conduct and the need to act fairly 
as between members of the Company.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  19

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Corporate social responsibility

We are committed to doing business responsibly and 
acknowledge that The Restaurant Group has a significant role 
to play in the communities and the wider environment in which 
we operate. This report sets out the principal areas of focus 
and activity for 2020 relating to our food and drink offering, 
our people, our communities and the environment.

Non-Financial reporting information
The Companies Act 2006 requires the Company to disclose 
certain non-financial reporting information within the annual 
report and accounts. Accordingly, the required disclosures 
can be found on the following pages in the Strategic report 
(or are incorporated into the Strategic report by reference 
for these purposes from the pages noted):

•  information on environmental matters (page 24)

•  information on our employees (page 22)

•  information on social, community and human rights matters 

(page 22)

•  information on anti-corruption and anti-bribery (page 22) 

•  information on diversity (page 22 and in the Corporate 

As previously reported, we are committed to sourcing 
sustainable fish and we introduced a detailed policy in 2016, 
within which we have committed to sourcing Marine 
Stewardship Council (MSC)-certified fish rated 3 or below, 
and for farmed fish and seafood we only source from global 
gap or BAP 2* or higher, certified farms. In addition, tuna used 
within our Wagamama operation is dolphin friendly. We also 
review the Good Fish Guide every six months when it is 
published and modify our menus to remove any fish classified 
as ‘avoid’ in terms of purchasing. 

We work with our suppliers and farmers (both UK and non-UK) 
to reduce unnecessary antibiotic use in farm animals. All our 
steaks for our Leisure, Pubs and Concessions divisions are 
from Irish farmed beef reared to Bord Bia welfare standards, the 
Irish equivalent of Red Tractor. Our beef in Wagamama is either 
British or Irish, which is also certified by either Red Tractor or 
Bord Bia. All supplier farms must adhere to EU legislation as a 
minimum, even if they are located outside of the EU, and farms 
must have in place policies and standards that reflect the 
principles of the 5 freedoms as adopted by the Farm Animal 
Welfare Council and detailed below. 

Governance Report on page 32).

•  Freedom from hunger and thirst – access to fresh water and 

Our Food and Drink Offering 
Sustainable and ethical sourcing
We practice responsible sourcing throughout our supply 
chain, ensuring our customers get good quality, high welfare 
and sustainable food on their plates. We are a member of the 
Supplier Ethical Data Exchange (Sedex), which facilitates 
measurement and improvement in ethical business practices 
across the supply chain. We require all our suppliers to be 
registered and risk assessed with Sedex. All suppliers must 
also meet the requirements of our Responsible Sourcing 
Policy which has been introduced to our direct suppliers and 
disseminated throughout each supply chain. All suppliers 
complete a declaration on Responsible Sourcing and Modern 
Day Slavery as part of their onboarding and ongoing review.

All our suppliers must also be certified to the British Retail 
Consortium Food standard or equivalent, as a minimum, and 
we conduct routine supplier audits to ensure our suppliers are 
operating to our high standards. During 2020 we have actively 
reduced the number of suppliers we work with and have 
consolidated those suppliers into fewer distributors, resulting 
in fewer deliveries and therefore food miles travelled.

a diet for full health and vigour;

•  Freedom from discomfort – an appropriate environment 

with shelter and comfortable rest area; 

•  Freedom from pain, injury, and disease – prevention or 

rapid treatment;

•  Freedom to express normal behaviour – adequate space 

and facilities, company of the animal’s own kind and 

•  Freedom from fear and distress – conditions and treatment 

which avoid mental suffering.

All our shell eggs are free range. All mayonnaise comes from 
cage-free and/or free-range sources (since November 2017) 
and all shell eggs used in our restaurants are RSPCA Assured™ 
free range. Furthermore, we are committed to ensuring that 
eggs used as an ingredient in our supply chain will be cage-free 
and/or free-range by the end of 2023 at the latest. In 2020 the 
Group signed the European Better Chicken Commitment 
supported by Compassion in World Farming with the goal to 
source all chicken to this standard by 2026.

We have removed plastic straws and will continue to reduce the 
amount of single use plastic we use within the business. 

20  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Initiatives to reduce the allergen risk profile in our food dishes 
have continued, with further allergy removal across ingredient 
and menu. A wider range of our dishes are now entirely 
allergy free.

Serving alcohol responsibly
We operate Challenge 25 in Scotland and Challenge 21 
in England, Wales and Northern Ireland.

We continue to support Drinkaware whose campaign 
promotes responsible drinking. We offer a wide range of 
alcohol-free beers, low alcohol wine, mocktails, soft drinks, 
juices and milkshakes.

Food safety 
The health and safety of our customers and employees is 
of paramount importance to us. The Group has extensive 
procedures to ensure we mitigate risks to our guests and 
teams as far as possible. We have clear procedures and 
standards in place and to enforce these, we employ external 
auditors to perform a rolling programme of independent safety 
audits and carry out benchmarking of our restaurants. 
Additionally, we incorporated Covid-secure ways of working 
throughout our business when we reopened in July 2020 
and these continue to be developed in line with Government 
legislation and guidance.

As at 31 December 2020, over 99% of our restaurants scored 
4 stars or above (including pass ratings in Scotland) under the 
Food Hygiene Rating Scheme, a sign of excellence in both 
food safety and hygiene, with 92% at 5 stars (or a pass rating 
in Scotland). All Wagamama sites are rated 5/Pass. We 
continue to invest significant time and resources in health and 
safety matters across the Group, to further enhance the clean, 
safe environment for our customers and colleagues.

We continue to support The Sustainable Restaurant 
Association and in 2019 achieved a 3-star rating for our Pubs 
division, 2-stars for our Leisure divisions and Wagamama 
maintained its 1-star rating. Whilst Covid-19 has halted this audit 
and improvement process for 2020, we fully expect to further 
enhance these ratings through our planned improvements 
across the Group.

Nutrition and Health
We are committed to offering a healthy choice for our 
customers. The nutritional balance of menus is incorporated 
into the menu design process and we have successfully 
increased the number of lower calorie, lower salt and lower 
sugar options available year-on-year. Our brand standards are 
being further developed to ensure that all additives used are in 
line with industry best practice and we continue to expand our 
vegan/plant-based menus and support the Veganuary 
campaign run by the Vegan Society.

Wagamama launched its first vegan menu in 2017 and has 
continually innovated its plant-based offering. This continues 
to be a huge focus for Wagamama which has made the 
commitment to make 50% of its menu meat-free by the end 
of 2021.

As in previous years, there continues to be no genetically 
modified foods or artificial trans fats in any of our products, 
and we have banned colours that cause hyperactivity in 
children from all our products served to children. If palm oil 
is used in our products it is RSPO certified. 

Allergens
Frankie & Benny’s and Chiquito offer a Coeliac UK-accredited 
Gluten Free menu to cater for those with Coeliac Disease. 
This menu offers a wide range of dishes and we have added 
gluten-free burgers, pastas and pizzas in Frankie & Benny’s, 
to provide greater choice to our guests. Our Brunning and Price 
Pubs division achieved Coeliac UK accreditation in March 2020 
and also continues to offer a wide-ranging gluten-free menu. 
Wagamama’s approach to food is centred on mindful eating 
and providing more plant-based and non-gluten options to 
their guests. Wagamama has a non-gluten menu and in 2020 
innovated in these areas to provide more non-gluten choices. 
There are plans to further innovate in 2021. 

Across the Group, our allergen information is available in 
restaurant / pub and online on our brand websites, allowing 
guests to view dishes that are suitable, based on individual 
allergies and intolerances. We also categorise the 14 allergens 
as detailed in legislation. 

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  21

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Corporate social responsibility continued

Our people
We believe that great customer experience is key to our 
business success and therefore our most important asset 
is our people. At December 2020 we employed more than 
14,000 people. Our teams in all our restaurants and pubs take 
huge pride in their work. They are passionate about the food 
and drink they serve and support each other to ensure the 
best customer service. We truly embrace diversity and employ 
colleagues from more than 100 nationalities. 

In 2020 our focus was on supporting our colleagues through 
the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, with the closure and 
subsequent reopening of the estate when permitted by the UK 
Government. We utilised the Government’s furlough scheme 
throughout 2020 with up to 98% of our people being placed 
either on flexi or full furlough. In May 2020, our teams were 
invited to vote on the CVA of our Leisure Businesses and we 
received overwhelming support from our people supporting the 
restructuring of our Leisure Businesses despite the impact of 
job losses. Due to the remoteness of our people during the long 
periods of closure we ensured our communication was 
amplified to fully inform and support our people through a very 
difficult time. We also re-examined our people processes 
focusing not only on attracting talent but on identifying and 
supporting internal development and encouraging our 
colleagues to reach their full potential.

Our employment commitments 
The Restaurant Group is committed to a policy of being a fair 
and inclusive employer. Employment with the Group offers 
everyone equal rights, career development and promotion 
prospects, regardless of age, race, gender, sexual orientation, 
disability or religion. We ensure as far as possible that the 
diversity of our teams reflects the diversity of our customers 
we serve. Details relating to the gender diversity of our 
employees are contained in the Corporate Governance 
Report on page 28.

We are committed to paying our colleagues fairly and 
equitably for the roles they are doing. In 2020, we carried out 
our annual Equity Pay Audit. The audit shows that we have a 
high level of consistency in pay with men and women being 
paid fairly and equitably remunerated when performing the 
same role. Our audit also showed that men tend to dominate 
the higher paid roles driving our Gender Pay Gap. 

If a colleague is disabled in any way, or becomes disabled 
during their employment with us, then our policy is to offer 
assistance and explore ways of overcoming any difficulties 
they may have at work, and make the necessary adjustments 
to help them wherever possible. 

Our commitment to equality and human rights is discussed 
in the induction for all colleagues and covered in our online 
policies and employee handbook, which are available and 
accessible to all. Our policies include an Equality and Diversity 
Policy, a Family Friendly Policy, and a Harassment and Bullying 
Policy. The various management skills courses offered cover 
the responsibilities of the management team in upholding these 
policies to ensure a safe and respectful working environment. 

Regarding anti-corruption and bribery, it is our policy to 
conduct all our business in an honest and ethical manner. We 
take a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption and 
are committed to acting professionally, fairly and with integrity 
in all our business dealings and relationships. All colleagues 
must declare all hospitality or gifts given or received over a 
certain minimum value, and all expense claims relating to 
hospitality, gifts or payments to third parties must be 
submitted in accordance with our expenses policy and the 
reason recorded for that expenditure. Anyone offered, or 
asked to make, a bribe, or who suspects any bribery or 
corruption has occurred, is obliged to notify the Company 
Secretary without delay. So far as we are aware, there were 
no incidences of bribery or corruption during 2020. 

The Group pays all of its colleagues at least the National 
Minimum Wage (or for the over 25’s the National Living Wage) 
appropriate to their age. Tips are not included in this rate, and 
all gratuities are additional to their hourly rate and are paid 
directly to colleagues. Cash tips are self-declared, and only 
tips paid by credit card have tax deducted by the Company. 
In addition, no card processing administration fee is charged 
by the Company. 

22  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Colleague Support
In 2020, due to Covid-19 and the Government restrictions, we 
only fully traded between 4 to 5 months. We therefore focused 
on supporting our colleagues whilst on prolonged furlough with 
their physical and mental wellbeing. We focused on providing 
honest, supportive and regular communication to all colleagues. 
We introduced and enhanced our communication and 
engagement tools, with our social media style application which 
our teams can download to their phones or other devices. As a 
large number of our colleagues do not speak English there is a 
translation function available so we can ensure we fully engage 
with all colleagues. As an example, in our Leisure and 
Concessions businesses we introduced ‘The Sauce’ our 
employee communication channel, where our colleagues 
receive our updates, but can also update the Company and 
each other on their news and updates. We have also 
implemented our integrated Employee Self Service App which 
allows our colleagues to easily view and manage their 
employment information, such as pay slips and holiday 
bookings. This App allowed us to launch our health and 
wellness focus, ensuring we nurture our people and give them 
the support they need in the areas of physical and mental health. 
In December 2020, over 75% of our colleagues were utilising this 
engagement tool on a weekly basis. Wagamama use Noodle 
Nation a closed Facebook group for their teams. It’s a place 
where teams can celebrate successes, recognise people, or 
share top tips or ideas. Conversations on Noodle Nation are 
two-way, providing our leadership team with a practical way 
to engage with our teams and vice versa. The business also 
utilises the platform to promote internal and external activities, 
run competitions, and drive positive engagement across 
the community.

We launched another Save As You Earn share option 
scheme in 2020, which all colleagues with more than one 
month’s employment were invited to join. They can purchase 
TRG shares at a discounted price after saving each month 
for 3 years.

Our team and customer safety
During 2020, safety was high on our agenda and we ensured 
our colleagues were fully trained and supported on Covid-19 
regulations, general legislation, and Group safety policies. 
This was audited throughout 2020 to ensure we continued 
to support and protect our colleagues. We completed several 
colleague surveys across the Group and our colleagues 
overwhelmingly confirmed their confidence in the TRG focus 
on safety and protection of our colleagues and customers. 

In addition to our robust Covid-19 safety courses, we 
completed all fire training, first aid, food safety and product 
knowledge courses throughout the Group.

Our talent search 
The recruitment market for the hospitality sector continues 
to be highly competitive and we have continued to raise our 
employee brands by investing in, and utilising platforms such 
as Linkedin. We also launched a Careers website, and 
Applicant Tracker System which automates and links with 
various hospitality job boards i.e. Caterer.com and Total Jobs, 
reaching out to 100,000s of potential candidates. 

Our Talent and Acquisition Team focused on enhancing 
our candidates experience resulting in a 25% increase 
in applications. 

Our team development 
We continued to enhance our on-the-job learning to help 
support the development of our people. We complemented 
this with e-learning, face-to-face delivery and virtual learning, 
all delivered by our dedicated Brand and Group learning and 
development teams. 

All new Managers into our restaurants are enrolled on the 
Manager in Training (MIT) programme. This gives them a 
structured pathway to be successful leaders with us. The 
programme covers all aspects of operational management, 
focusing heavily on leadership skills, all being underpinned 
with our culture, behaviours and values of the Group. 
Development of our internal talent continues to be high on 
our agenda through multiple development programmes. We 
enhanced our colleague induction programme, ensuring 
everyone across the Group completes role-specific e-learning 
modules and face-to-face courses, not only to meet legislative 
requirements but also to enhance their development and 
career path opportunities.

In 2020 we aligned our own internal development 
programmes with our apprenticeship programmes providing 
a flexible and personalised approach to development and 
progression across the Group. We offer apprenticeships 
across all roles, ensuring that from entry level through to 
Director level, we are supporting progression. We also 
introduced a number of bespoke apprenticeships for our 
support centre roles.

Reporting of Injuries at work
In 2020, the Group reported 35 accidents under the Reporting 
of Injuries, Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 
2013, with no deaths or dangerous occurrences. This compares 
to 132 in 2019 and 167 incidents for the Group in 2018.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  23

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Corporate social responsibility continued

Our communities
We continue to support our colleagues with their fundraising 
efforts and community activities. Our chosen charities 
continue to receive our support, albeit, due to the extensive 
closure period with teams being furloughed, this has been 
more sporadic in 2020. 

We support a number of Charities across the Group with 
each division aligned to a specific charity. Wagamama began 
a partnership with Young Minds, dedicated to supporting 
young people’s mental health. Our Pubs Division are in 
locations that are at the very heart of local communities and 
therefore they continue to support local charities that are 
important to each community. Leisure & Concessions are 
proud to continue to partner with both Magic Breakfast and 
Pennies. Magic Breakfast campaigns to end child hunger and 
offers 480 schools across the UK a healthy filling breakfast. 

Throughout 2020 as we permanently closed restaurants, we 
worked with over 60 food banks across the UK to redistribute 
food held in over 150 restaurants. This included frozen and 
ambient products and was used for distribution through food 
bags and community feeding kitchens. In addition, we worked 
with 10 food banks to redistribute product from our supply 
chain, including frozen, chilled, ambient and drinks during 
2020. In total over 6,000 cases of food have been 
redistributed from our supply chain.

TRG has also provided support to the Sun’s Jab’s Army 
campaign, aiming to recruit 50,000 vaccination steward 
volunteers for the NHS Volunteer Responders programme, 
in partnership with Royal Voluntary Service.

Our environment
Energy Efficiency Actions Taken
In 2020, we maintained a strong focus to reduce the Group’s 
impact on the environment and in particular during periods of 
closure due to Covid-19 lockdowns and tiered trading. 

Initiatives have included:

•  Developing comprehensive closure checklists to monitor 

power/gas usage, thus reducing carbon omissions as much 
as possible during non-trading periods;

•  Using our day +1 meter data to highlight anomalies in our 

closing down compliance;

•  Using regional resource and compliance visits to ensure 

non-compliance was remediated.

The Group has also been working hard on planning for the 
future and not only ensuring we comply with changing 
obligations for reporting, but more strategically how we will 
develop into a net carbon zero organisation.

TRG is a founding member of the Hospitality Zero Carbon 
Forum and is collaborating with industry peers to set out a 
strategic roadmap in order to deliver this ambition. In addition, 
we will move to recording and reporting on Scope 3 emissions 
and will also set goals for achieving net zero carbon on 
Scopes 1, 2 and 3.

In 2020, across the Group we showed a reduction in electricity 
use in the LFL trading estate, equivalent to over 6,000 tonnes 
of CO2. In addition, we continued to reduce our gas volumes 
and achieved over 4,800 tonnes of CO2. This was radically 
driven by lockdown periods but also the control measures 
mentioned above.

We expect an increase in emissions across the Group in 2021 
as trading conditions improve, but will remain focused on how 
we continue to minimise our carbon footprint.

24  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Energy Consumption and Carbon Emissions
Greenhouse gas emissions
The Restaurant Group is a ‘quoted company’ under the 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting regulations and 
must report its greenhouse gas emissions from Scope 1 and 
2 Electricity, Gas and Transport annually. This is the first 
reporting year under these new regulations so there is no 
emissions data for prior years.

Methodology
The reporting period covers 01/01/2020 to 31/12/2020. This 
report has been compiled in line with the March 2019 BEIS 
‘Environmental Reporting Guidelines: Including streamlined 
energy and carbon reporting guidance’, and the EMA 
methodology for SECR Reporting. All measured emissions 
from activities which the organisation has financial control over 
are included as required under The Companies (Directors’ 
Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon 
Report) Regulations 2018, unless otherwise stated in the 
exclusions statement.

Scope

Scope 1
Scope 2
Scope 3
Total
Intensity Ratio

Description
Combustion of fuel on site 
and transportation
Purchased energy
Supply Chain Emissions

tCO2e/£1m Turnover

Energy Usage

Total kWh consumed

Specific fuels 
On site: Natural Gas, Gas Oil Transport: 
Petrol, Diesel
Electricity – location based
None – Voluntary
Location Based
Location Based
Electricity, Natural Gas, Gas Oil, 
Petrol, Diesel

tCO2e

13,267
17,924
0
31,191
0.32

145,252,113

Electricity
Gas
Total

LFL Trading Estate only

tCO2e 
2019
17,545
12,462
30,007

tCO2e 
2020
11,399
7,486
18,885

tCO2e 
var.
-6,147
-4,975
-11,122 

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  25

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
Corporate social responsibility continued

The carbon figures have been calculated using the BEIS 2020 carbon conversion factors for all fuels, other than the market-based 
electricity which has been taken from Total Gas and Power, EDF, Scottish Power, SSE, OPUS and Npower as the UK suppliers.

We only report location-based emissions in detail but taking into account our solar generation and Wagamama’s renewable energy 
purchasing the total market-based emissions are 26,687 tCO2e.

Furthermore, the Group recognises that in coming years reporting against the Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) will become mandatory. Therefore, we will start to align with this disclosure ahead of time. Below demonstrates the current 
position in this area.

Governance

Strategy

Risk Management

Metrics & Targets

The Board has overall 
responsibility for risk 
management.
The Audit Committee has 
delegated responsibility with 
regular review of risk 
management procedures.
The Risk Committee is 
responsible for governance 
over the Company’s risk 
management process, 
monitoring, assessing and 
management of individual 
risks; and the aggregation 
of the Group risk register.
The Risk Committee meets 
at least four times per year 
(although in 2020 this was 
reduced to 3 due to 
lockdown). It comprises the 
CFO and not less than three 
members of the senior 
management team. Currently 
this includes the Company 
Secretary, Group FD, CIO, 
Group People Director, Group 
Purchasing Director, Group 
Property Director and Head 
of Technical Safety.

To ensure our Corporate 
& Social Responsibility 
approach meets the 
expectations of our wider 
stakeholder groups including 
our customers, our 
employees, the communities 
within which we trade and 
our shareholders. 
TRG is in the process of 
further developing a Group 
strategy to enhance the work 
undertaken in this area. 
The Group is also a founding 
member of the Zero Carbon 
Forum working collaboratively 
with peers to develop a net 
zero carbon roadmap for 
the industry.

Each business unit or 
functional area of the Group 
is responsible for identifying 
and assessing its risks at 
least quarterly. This process 
identifies the gross risk, the 
likelihood of occurrence, 
mitigating controls in place 
and the potential impact on 
the Group. The Risk 
Committee formally reviews 
the divisional/functional risk 
registers to form the 
consolidated view of the 
Group’s principal risks.
Gross risk score is calculated 
taking into account the 
likelihood and potential 
impact of the risk. Controls, 
mitigations, issues and 
weaknesses are considered. 
A net risk score is then 
calculated. Actions and 
remediation is then applied 
with a clear owner 
and timescale.

The Company currently 
measures and reports 
against Scope 1 and 2 
emissions. It is working 
towards measuring Scope 3 
emissions with a view to 
start managing them from 
later in 2021. With the 
introduction of SECR the 
Company has for the first 
time included business miles 
in our footprint.
Please refer to the SECR 
section of the report.
The Company is currently 
developing targets to ensure 
net zero carbon emissions is 
achieved on or before the 
2050 deadline. These will be 
disclosed in line with the 
industry roadmap to 
net zero.

26  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Water
For water, the Group benchmarks restaurants and pubs on 
average daily usage and uses data validation to highlight sites 
with high usage. Where usage increases or is marked as high, 
the restaurant or pub is surveyed for efficiency initiatives and 
leak fixes, ensuring that we prevent water wastage. 

The Group also continues to take advantage of the de-
regulation of the water market and completed a full market 
tender in 2020 to maximise benefit from this.

Waste
In 2020 the Group diverted 99.8% of direct controlled waste 
from landfill and recycled nearly 6,000 tonnes or 68.5% of 
total waste in restaurants where we directly control the 
services. Excluded from this are any locations where services 
are communal and/or provided by the landlord. 

In order to reduce waste caused by Government-mandated 
lockdowns or tiered trading at short notice we have started 
some new initiatives:

•  working with food banks across the UK to ensure we have 

minimised any waste in our distribution system due to 
disrupted trading. Over 15,000 cases of food (equivalent to 
81 tons) were saved from being thrown away and provided 
to good causes. 

•  Frankie & Benny’s has also worked with ‘Too Good To Go’ 
to ensure food waste at site was minimised. We were able 
to avoid wasting 1,600kg of food waste and therefore saved 
4,000kg of CO2e.

Pages 04 to 27 form the Strategic report.

Approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its 
behalf by:

Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer

10 March 2021

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  27

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Corporate Governance report

Chairman’s introduction
The outbreak of Covid-19 and its continuing impact meant that 2020 was an 
extraordinary and unprecedented period of disruption for the Company, the 
hospitality sector, and the wider economy. We outline elsewhere in this Annual 
Report the decisive actions taken by the Board to ensure the health and safety 
of our customers and colleagues and to protect the future of the business. The 
purpose of this report is to explain how the Board directs the Company, and in 
particular, how the Directors set the strategy, identify and mitigate the risks and 
how we monitor performance. This report also summarises how specific corporate 
governance arrangements have been implemented throughout the year. Further 
information on the key decisions taken by the Board can be found in the section 
172 statement on page 18.

The principal corporate governance rules applying to the Company are contained in 
the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC) UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 and 
the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules. 

The Board is responsible for setting our strategy, providing independent oversight 
of the Company’s performance and approving the funding and major capital 
allocations of the Group, to achieve the growth of shareholder value, taking account 
of the interests of all stakeholders, identifying and managing risks and this year, 
dealing with the effects of the Covid-19 crisis.

The non-executive Directors discuss, shape and agree the strategy and the relevant 
priorities with the Executive Directors and then hold the Executives accountable for 
its execution. The Board delegates day-to-day responsibility for running the Group 
to the Chief Executive Officer and passes specific responsibilities of oversight to 
various Board committees. The overall aim is for the Board to provide constructive 
challenge and support to the Executive Directors, ensuring that it does so by 
promoting high standards of corporate governance. 

As Chairman, my role is to promote a culture of openness and accountability, 
ensuring the Board receives accurate, timely and clear information, that it is 
consulted with on all relevant matters, and that we promote effective communication 
with all of our stakeholders and that the market is updated as appropriate, especially 
important in light of the changing Covid-19 crisis. My personal objective is to provide 
clear and cohesive leadership of the Board, ensuring that the Board has the right 
mix of skills and experience and effective interactions to carry out its role effectively. 
We ensure that the appropriate culture, values and ethics are applied to promote the 
Company’s long-term success, and that we send out consistent messages on the 
core values of the Company, clearly communicating acceptable behaviours from 
ourselves, our people, our suppliers and our partners. We regularly review our 
performance against best practice Corporate Governance standards.

Debbie Hewitt MBE 
Chairman 

28  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Statement of compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code
The Company is required to measure itself against the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the ‘Code’) which is 
available on the Financial Reporting Council website  
(www.frc.org.uk). 

Throughout 2020, the Company complied with the principles 
set out in the Code with the exception that, following the 
resignation of Mike Tye on 6 April, the Remuneration 
Committee temporarily comprised two independent 
non-executive Directors (in addition to the Company 
Chairman) instead of three as required by the Code, until 
22 June when Alison Digges joined the Committee thus 
ensuring full compliance with the Code requirement. 
Following the resignation of Allan Leighton on 6 November, 
the Audit Committee temporarily comprised two 
independent non-executive Directors instead of three as 
required by the Code, until 23 February 2021 when Alex Gersh 
joined the Committee thus ensuring full compliance with the 
Code requirement.

Further explanations of how the Main Principles of the Code 
have been applied are set out below and also in the Audit 
Committee report and Directors’ remuneration report.

The Board
Details of the Chairman, Senior Independent Director and 
other members of the Board, Audit Committee, Nomination 
Committee and Remuneration Committee are set out in this 
Annual Report in the biographies of the Directors. There have 
been a number of Board changes throughout the year, which 
are detailed below.

The Board was strengthened by the appointment of two new 
non-executive Directors – Alison Digges and Zoe Morgan – 
from 1 January 2020. Alison also became a member of the 
Audit and Nomination Committees and, later in the year, the 
Remuneration Committee. Zoe became a member of the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees and subsequently 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee.

After nine years as a non-executive Director of the Company, 
Simon Cloke stepped down from the Board on 26 February 
2020. After 4 years with the Company, Mike Tye stepped down 
as a non-executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee on 6 April 2020. Zoe Morgan took over as Chairman 
of the Remuneration Committee from that date.

On 6 November 2020, Allan Leighton stepped down from 
the Board. Graham Clemett, the Chairman of the Audit 
Committee, became Senior Independent Director from that 
date and we commenced a process to recruit an additional 
non-executive Director. We announced the appointment of 
Alex Gersh, who joined the Board on 23 February 2021. Alex 
is currently the CFO of Sportradar, a global leader in leveraging 
the power of sports data and digital content for clients around 
the world. Prior to that, he was CFO of Carzoo, an online used 
car business, and was previously CFO of the FTSE 100 listed 
business Paddy Power Betfair Group, where he played a key 
role in the merger of Betfair with Paddy Power plc and in 
driving the subsequent success of the combined business. 
As well as his strong listed financial experience, he brings 
deep strategic, commercial and digital skills, significant 
consumer insight and broad non-executive experience.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  29

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Corporate Governance report continued

Leadership
Role of the Board
The Board’s role is to review, challenge and approve the 
strategic direction of the Group as well as the business 
operating model that delivers on the strategic priorities. 
It looks to ensure that the necessary financial and human 
resources are in place to achieve these priorities, to sustain 
them over the long-term and to review management 
performance in their delivery. 

Its role is also to provide strong values-based leadership of the 
Company. The Board sets the tone of the Company’s ethical 
standards and manages the business in a manner to meet its 
obligations to all stakeholders.

The Directors who held office during 2020 were as follows:

As reported elsewhere in this Annual Report, the Board spent 
the major part of 2020 dealing with the Covid-19 crisis and the 
changing Government lockdowns and restrictions which have 
affected the hospitality sector. Decisive actions were taken in 
response to the pandemic including implementing significant 
restructuring actions resulting in a higher quality, diversified 
estate; securing additional funding, covenant waivers and 
increased tenure from our banking group; controlling costs 
and capital expenditure and (where possible) promoting 
trading through enhanced arrangements to ensure guest and 
team safety, introduction of new technology and optimising 
off-trade channels such as delivery and take-away.

Director
Debbie Hewitt

Andy Hornby
Kirk Davis
Graham Clemett

Simon Cloke

Alison Digges
Allan Leighton

Zoe Morgan

Mike Tye

Role
Chairman

Chief Executive Officer 
Chief Financial Officer
Non-executive Director and Chairman  
of Audit Committee. Senior Independent 
Director (from November 2020)
Non-executive Director 

Non-executive Director 
Non-executive Director and Senior 
independent Director (to November 2020)
Non-executive Director. Chairman of 
Remuneration Committee (from April 2020)
Non-executive Director and Chairman of 
Remuneration Committee (to April 2020)

Details
Appointed Chairman May 2016,  
non-executive Director from May 2015
Appointed August 2019
Appointed February 2018
Appointed June 2016

Appointed March 2010, previously  
Chairman of Audit Committee.  
Resigned February 2020
Appointed January 2020
Appointed December 2018  
Resigned November 2020
Appointed January 2020

Appointed April 2016  
Resigned April 2020

The Board considers each of the current non-executive Directors to be independent, including the Chairman of the Board on 
appointment, as set out in the Code. Each Director demonstrates the skills and experience the Board requires for the success 
of the Group. Biographies of the current Directors are set out on pages 38 and 39.

30  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Division of responsibilities
Andy Hornby, Chief Executive Officer, together with the senior 
management team, is responsible for the day-to-day running 
of the Group and regularly provides reports on performance 
to the Board.

Debbie Hewitt, Chairman, leads the Board to challenge and 
support the Executives in shaping, agreeing and executing 
the strategy.

Non-executive Directors maintain an ongoing dialogue with 
the executive Directors, which includes constructive challenge 
of the Group’s strategy and of day-to-day performance. 
The non-executive Directors are provided with insightful 
and appropriate information to allow them to monitor, assess 
and challenge the executive management of the Group.

The Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer meet regularly with shareholders. The Senior 
Independent Director is available to liaise with any 
shareholders who have concerns that they feel have not 
been addressed through the usual channels of the Chairman, 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. 

The Board has a formal schedule of matters specifically 
reserved for its consideration, which includes items such as 
the approval of the annual budget and business plan; approval 
of the Group’s interim and year-end reports; review and 
approval of significant capital expenditure; significant 
disposals of assets and acquisitions and disposals of 
businesses. Any matter not formally reserved to the Board 
is generally delegated to management, unless it has some 
unusual or significant feature which makes it appropriate 
for it to be considered by the Board.

Meetings and attendance
A summary of the Directors’ attendance at meetings of the Board and its Committees that they were eligible to attend during 
2020 is shown below. Unless otherwise indicated, all Directors held office throughout the year:

Debbie Hewitt
Andy Hornby
Kirk Davis
Graham Clemett
Simon Cloke2
Alison Digges3
Allan Leighton4
Zoe Morgan
Mike Tye5

Committee appointments
Nom/Rem
n/a
n/a
Audit/Nom/Rem
Audit/Nom
Audit/Nom/Rem
Audit/Nom
Nom/Rem
Audit/Nom/Rem

Board
15/15
14/141
14/141
15/15
2/2
15/15
12/13
15/15
3/4

Audit 
Committee
n/a
n/a
n/a
3/3
1/1
3/3
2/2
n/a
1/1

Nomination 
Committee
4/4
n/a
n/a
4/4
–
4/4
2/2
4/4
0/1

Remuneration 
Committee
10/10
n/a
n/a
10/10
n/a
6/7
n/a
10/10
3/3

1.  Andy Hornby and Kirk Davis did not attend one Board meeting called to discuss their remuneration, to avoid any conflict of interest.
2.  Simon Cloke stepped down from the Board on 26 February 2020. He attended all Board and Committee meetings held before that date.
3.  Alison Digges joined the Remuneration Committee on 22 June 2020. 
4.  Allan Leighton stepped down from the Board and all Board Committees on 6 November 2020.
5.  Mike Tye stepped down from the Board and all Board Committees on 6 April 2020.

Comprehensive electronic papers are provided to the Directors prior to Board meetings and to Committee members prior to 
Board Committee meetings, and financial information packs are provided on a monthly basis. The non-executive Directors have 
the opportunity to meet without the executive Directors to examine, among other matters, the targets set and the performance 
achieved by management.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  31

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Corporate Governance report continued

Independent advice
All Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary and in the furtherance of their duties, 
Directors are entitled to take independent professional advice 
if necessary, at the expense of the Company.

Conflicts of interest and independence
The Board reviews potential conflicts of interest and 
independence where necessary at each meeting. Directors 
have continuing obligations to update the Board on any 
changes to these conflicts or matters which may impinge 
upon their independence. The following potential conflicts 
were highlighted during the year:

Debbie Hewitt is also Independent non-executive Chairman 
of BGL (Holdings) Limited, the owner of Compare the Market 
Limited, which promotes Meerkat Meals, a campaign in which 
the Group’s Leisure brands participated during the year 
(although they no longer do so). Debbie Hewitt took no part in 
any Board discussions concerning Meerkat Meals throughout 
the year. 

Directors’ and Officers’ liability (‘D&O’) insurance
The Company maintains D&O insurance to cover the cost 
of defending civil and criminal proceedings brought against an 
individual acting in their capacity as a Director or Officer of the 
Company (including those who served as Directors or Officers 
during 2020). 

Effectiveness
Board composition and diversity
As required by the Code, at least 50% of the Board, excluding 
the Chairman, are independent non-executive Directors. As at 
27 December 2020, the Board comprised the non-executive 
Chairman, two Executive Directors and three independent 
non-executive Directors. The Board considers that all the 
non-executive Directors, including the Chairman on 
appointment, are independent.

It is the Board’s policy that appointments to the Board will 
always be based solely on merit without any discrimination 
relating to age, gender or any other matter that has no bearing 
on an individual’s ability to fulfil the role of Director. 
Notwithstanding this policy, the Board is mindful of the aims of 
the Hampton-Alexander Review, an independent review body 
which aims to improve women’s representation at board level 
and in leadership roles. This principle of Board diversity is 
strongly supported by the Board, recognising that diversity 
of thought, approach and experience is an important 
consideration as part of the selection criteria used to assess 
candidates to achieve a balanced Board. 

The Company is a member of WiHTL Diversity in Hospitality 
Travel & Leisure (formerly the Women in Hospitality, Travel and 
Leisure 2020 initiative) devoted to increasing women’s and 
ethnic minorities’ representation at all levels and in leadership 
positions across Hospitality, Travel and Leisure, and our 
Chairman, Debbie Hewitt is a member of its advisory board. 
Over 50 of the largest employers in the sector have come 
together to share best practices, learn from each other, and 
join resources to work on tangible actions aimed at making 
long-lasting impact in terms of diversity and inclusion.

Further details on the Board’s and the Group’s policy on 
diversity are contained in the Nomination Committee report 
on page 45 and the Corporate Social Responsibility 
report on page 20.

The table below sets out the position of the Group on a 
gender basis as at 27 December 2020:

Main Board
Divisional Heads
Direct Reports to 
Executive Directors
TRG Employees at 
December 2020

Male
3 (50%)
1 (33%)

Female
3 (50%)
2 (67%)

7 (78%)

2 (22%)

7,306 (53%)

6,603 (47%)

Following the retirement of Simon Cloke from the Board on 
26 February 2020, the Board comprised 5 males (62.5%) 
and 3 females (37.5%). Following the resignation of Mike Tye 
on 6 April, the Board comprised 4 males (57%) and 3 females 
(43%). As at 27 December 2020, the Board comprised 
3 males (50%) and 3 females (50%).

The Board is also mindful of the aims of the Parker Review, 
an independent review body dedicated to improving the ethnic 
and cultural diversity of UK boards to better reflect their 
employee base and the communities they serve. The business 
currently has no director from an ethnic minority background 
either on the Board or the Executive Committee. The Board 
will develop a pipeline of candidates and mentoring schemes, 
working towards the goal of making an appointment by 2024.

The Board considers that each Director is able to allocate 
sufficient time to the Company to discharge their 
responsibilities effectively.

Colleague engagement
Our aim is to create great places to work that attract and 
retain the best industry talent and we believe that wider 
colleague engagement is an essential part of this. In 2019, the 
Board agreed its approach to wider colleague engagement 

32  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

and decided to create a formal Workforce Advisory Panel 
across all brands and HQ, and to work with a designated 
non-executive Director – Allan Leighton, the Senior 
Independent Director at the time – providing colleagues 
across all brands the opportunity to engage directly with 
a representative from the Board on all matters relating to 
colleague engagement. The Workforce Advisory Panel met 
once in February 2020 however the work and intentions of 
the Panel were overtaken by the Covid-19 crisis and the 
Government lockdowns which hit shortly thereafter.

Following the resignation of Allan Leighton, Zoe Morgan has 
taken over as the designated non-executive Director 
responsible for colleague engagement and has set up a new 
Colleague Engagement Steering Group to steer the 
implementation of colleague engagement across all our 
divisions. The Steering Group met in December 2020 to plan 
activity for 2021. Key activities for the Steering Group will be:

•  overseeing the engagement with our colleagues during the 

current lockdown and over the subsequent period of 
returning to work and re-opening of our estate;

•  supervising the implementation of an all-employee survey 
– provisionally planned for Q2/Q3, subject to returning to 
normal trading (the last such survey was conducted in June 
2019 and was sent to more than 18,000 colleagues with 
67% responding) and 

•  ensuring that the Board understands and takes into account 

the views of colleagues across the Group.

During the lockdown, the Wagamama management relocated 
to the Group Head Office and some further work was carried 
out to create more open-plan collaboration spaces, communal 
break-out areas and a specific area for ‘town hall’ meetings. 
Throughout 2021, we will be reviewing our colleague value 
proposition as we start trading again to ensure that we are 
attracting and retaining top talent. We also intend to continue 
improving our colleague communications through tools such 
as ‘Woks App’ and ‘The Sauce’ specifically aimed at driving 
more effective and efficient colleague self-service 
communication tools, which ensure our teams are informed 
of relevant news for their brand and across the Group. We 
are also planning a wide variety of activities, once we 
re-commence operations, including town hall briefings, 
conferences and regular awards, to ensure our teams have 
opportunities to input to the priorities of the business. 

Environment and Sustainability
The Board acknowledges its responsibility to minimize the 
Company’s impact on the environment and supports and 
promotes efforts to reduce the Company’s energy consumption 
and carbon emissions, water usage and waste. Details of our 

environmental policies and practices, and our commitment to 
sustainable and ethical sourcing are contained in the 
Corporate Social Responsibility report on page 20.

We recognise that we are on a journey to understand and 
manage the full impact of climate change on our business 
model and strategy. Our Chairman and other non-executive 
Directors are members of Chapter Zero, a forum which helps 
non-executive directors to enhance their knowledge, 
understanding and experience of climate change. We will start 
an assessment to comprehend and manage the impact and 
plan to work towards full disclosure in line with the globally-
recognised reporting framework of the Taskforce for Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) by 2022. This framework 
provides guidance for disclosures on four key components of 
governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and 
targets. We plan to identify:

•  the potential and actual impacts of climate related risks;

•  how we will assess and manage them;

•  the governance in place to provide oversight and

•  the change related metrics and targets.

Annual re-election
In accordance with the Code, Alex Gersh is subject to 
election by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting 
(AGM) in May 2021. All other Directors are subject to re-
election annually. As such, no non-executive Directors 
seeking re-election have an unexpired term in their letters of 
appointment. Details setting out why each Director is deemed 
to be suitable for re-election will be included with the AGM 
papers circulated to shareholders. 

Board committees
The Board is supported by three committees: Audit, 
Nomination and Remuneration. The terms of reference of 
these committees are available at http://www.trgplc.com/
investors/corporate-governance. Full reports for each of the 
committees are set out on pages 40 to 65.

Director induction
Alison Digges and Zoe Morgan, who joined the Board in 
January 2020, were provided with an induction on 
appointment, including:

•  briefings by the Executive Directors;

•  meetings with the MDs of each Division;

•  induction from the Company Secretary on Group structure, 
corporate governance, Board and Committee meetings and 
Directors’ duties;

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  33

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Corporate Governance report continued

•  meetings with various senior managers and 

operational heads;

•  visits to the Group’s operations including various restaurants 

down portfolio allowed the team to adapt to a more focused 
offering, which was able to develop a click-and-collect 
opportunity throughout lockdown;

and pubs to witness the operations first-hand and

•  talent management became a challenge as we disposed of 

•  where appropriate, meetings with shareholders, suppliers 

and company advisers. 

A similar induction process will be provided to Alex Gersh. 
Each Director’s induction is tailored to their experience and 
background with the aim of enhancing their understanding of 
the Group’s business, its brands, employees, shareholders, 
suppliers, advisers and processes, and the Board’s role in 
setting the tone of the culture and governance standards.

Director training and development
The Company acknowledges the importance of developing 
the skills of Directors to run an effective Board. To assist in 
this, Directors are given the opportunity to attend relevant 
courses and seminars to acquire additional skills and 
experience to enhance their contribution to the ongoing 
progress of the Group. Presentations by external advisers 
are also given at Board meetings on specific regulatory and 
governance topics. In 2020, presentations were given on:

•  Brexit planning – covering supplier arrangements, 
product availability, tariff and cost implications and 
contingency planning;

•  Directors’ Duties – covering in particular, directors’ interests 
and their directors’ duties under the Act, including those set 
out in sections 171-177 of the Companies Act and 

•  Covid-19 safety precautions – covering Government 

guidelines and recommendations, colleague and guest 
safety, social distancing, PPE, cleaning and sanitizing.

Board effectiveness review
The prior year’s Board and Committee evaluation in 
December 2019 identified five key areas of focus: strategic 
scenario planning, the associated talent management priorities; 
improvement in board processes; succession planning for 
Board committees and a full review on management incentives, 
with the need to be ready for the Remuneration Policy review (at 
that stage planned for early 2021).

In 2020, although Covid changed the operating priorities for 
the business, much progress was made across these five 
areas, specifically:

•  strategic scenario planning became crucial, specifically a 

review of all business units and their long-term viability in the 
context of capacity. A CVA of the Leisure estate created the 
opportunity for an operational reset and a smaller, slimmed-

34  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

assets. Nevertheless we continued the programme to 
achieve our diversity targets, impacting the Board, and the 
management population;

•  Board processes were improved, including the appointment 
of a Deputy Company Secretary as well as an improvement 
in the quality and timeliness of Board papers and the 
embedding of operational risk management;

•  succession planning for Board Committees worked well. 
We appointed a new and experienced Remuneration 
Committee Chair who was able to initiate an early review 
of the Remuneration Policy and we concluded the year, 
following the resignation of a NED, in recruiting succession 
for the Audit Committee;

•  the Remuneration Policy was reviewed, approved and 
implemented in October 2020, well ahead of its expiry, 
reflecting the specific challenges of Covid.

A new Board and Committee evaluation was conducted 
in December 2020. All Executive Directors, non-executive 
Directors and the Company Secretary participated. Input was 
provided through a questionnaire consisting of 51 questions, 
covering the areas of Board Process, Business Strategy Skills 
and Influence, Governance and Stakeholder Management and 
a separate section on Covid-19 and the Board’s response to 
the pandemic. There were also questions on the effectiveness 
of each Board Committee. There was a range of agree, 
disagree and strongly disagree responses to a series of 
statements, with space to add qualitative comments and 
examples. There was a 100% completion and submission 
rate. The review was performed internally and the results 
discussed at a Board meeting, with a separate feedback 
session by the Senior Independent Director to the Chairman. 

As a result, this year’s evaluation highlighted the following:

•  generally a positive evaluation of the Board, given the torrid 
year, with significant alignment across the Board on the key 
strengths and areas to watch. Although many commented 
that we didn’t initially appreciate the significance of the 
pandemic in the early stages, all felt that the Executives 
responded proactively and executed on the front foot, 
including an early equity raise, the TRG UK Ltd. company 
voluntary arrangement (CVA), the adoption of the new 
Restricted Share Plan and planning around the refinancing;

•  all responses indicated there had been improvement, 

including the timeliness of papers and quality of Executive 
and HQ team, as well as the leadership and quality of 
the Committees; 

•  key areas for improvement were more insight to the 

competitive context of each business; more frequent MI 
(especially cash flow); better engagement with employees 
and understanding of the culture from the Board process; 
ESG to come higher up the agenda, a more granular 
understanding of risk management and the addition of an 
experienced NED in Q1 2021 (this has been satisfied by the 
appointment of Alex Gersh); 

•  from a process point of view, there was a strong desire to 
return to face-to-face meetings when possible, which 
should help develop more of a team ethos, and to clarify 
Company Secretarial responsibilities going forward; and

•  it was felt that the Board Committees largely worked well, 

although Audit required another experienced member (prior 
to Alex Gersh’s appointment) and Remco needed to review 
incentives below direct reports of the Executives.

After a wide-ranging debate, the Board agreed the 
following actions:

Board Process
There was a desire to make a speedy return to face-to-face 
meetings, when possible and clarify the division of 
responsibilities within the Company Secretariat team.

Strategy
Better insight to the competitive context and channels to be 
included in Divisional strategic reviews with a conscious shift 
to scenario planning post Q1, 2021. 

Skills and influence
Recruitment of an experienced NED with PLC financial 
credentials (which has led to the appointment of Alex Gersh), 
and a desire to avoid duplication in Board discussions 
and presentations.

Governance
Improve employee/board engagement process to ensure 
better engagement with colleagues and understanding of the 
culture by the Board process. Desire to ensure adequate 
Board time for ESG matters.

Covid-19
Board to receive monthly management accounts, including 
cashflow.

Committees
Of specific note were:

Audit: 

Desire for Risk Management to be more  
granular and included as a more substantial  
part of the Committee agenda.

Remuneration:  Insight and review of staff Incentives below  
Executive reports to be included as part of  
Divisional reviews, to ensure they motivate  
and incentivise the right behaviours.

Nominations:   Re-commence review of talent below  

Executive level in Divisional reviews.

The Board also held a full debate on the succession options 
and timings for both Executive and non-executive roles, 
agreeing some key assumptions, including the number of 
Directors and current composition of the Board, and the skill 
sets of any future non-executive Directors and succession 
options for the Executives and senior management. 

Individual Director appraisal process
Individual performance evaluations of all members of the 
Board are carried out by the following individuals:

Director being 
appraised
Chairman

Chief Executive 
Officer

Chief Financial 
Officer

Non-executive 
Directors

Appraiser
Reviewed by the Executive and non-
executive Directors excluding the Chairman 
and feedback facilitated by the Senior 
Independent Director.
Reviewed by all the non-executive Directors 
and Chief Financial Officer and feedback 
facilitated by the Chairman.
Reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer 
and all the non-executive Directors and 
feedback facilitated by the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chairman.
Reviewed by the Executive Directors and 
by their non-executive Director peers 
and feedback collated and given by 
the Chairman.

Accountability
Risk management
The Board has ultimate responsibility for ensuring that 
business risks are effectively identified, mitigated and 
managed. The Board has delegated regular review of the 
risk management procedures to the Audit Committee and 
collectively reviews the overall risk environment on an annual 
basis, which includes the principal risks and mitigation plans 
as set out on page 70. The day-to-day management of 
business risks are the responsibility of the senior management 
team together with the Senior Management Risk Committee. 
For the report of the Risk Committee see pages 69 to 70.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  35

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance report continued

Internal controls
The Group has a system of internal controls, which aim to 
support the delivery of strategy by managing the risk of failing 
to achieve business objectives and the protection of assets. 
As such the Group can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance.

The Group insures against risks, but certain risks remain 
difficult to insure, due to the breadth and cost of cover. In 
some cases, external insurance is not available at all, or not 
at an economical price. In such cases the Group identifies and 
agrees to accept such risk. The Group regularly reviews both 
the type and amount of external insurance that it buys. There 
were no meaningful changes to the policy undertaken in 2020.

Remuneration
For information on remuneration, see the Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 48 to 65.

Board decision-making
The Board is required to act in the way it considers would be 
most likely to promote the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole, and in so doing, have 
regard to the interests of certain stakeholders and the other 
matters set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
For information on the Board’s decision-making see the 
section 172 Statement on pages 18 to 19.

Relations with shareholders
Share capital structure
The Company’s issued share capital at 27 December 2020 
consisted of 589,795,475 ordinary shares of 28 1⁄8 pence 
each. There are no special control rights, restrictions on share 
transfer or voting rights, or any other special rights pertaining 
to any of the shares in issue, and the Company does not have 
preference shares. During the year, a total of 98,299,245 new 
ordinary shares in the capital of the Company were issued as 
a result of a private placing (‘Placing’) and a concurrent 
subscription by certain Directors (‘Subscription’), which raised 
gross proceeds of approximately £57 million. The new shares 
issued represented approximately 19.9 per cent of the existing 
issued ordinary share capital of the Company prior to the 
Placing and Subscription.

As far as is reasonably known to the Board and Management, 
the Company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled 
by another Company or by any government.

As granted at the 2020 AGM, the Directors currently have 
authority to allot shares in the Company (a) up to a nominal 
amount of £55,293,326 (such amount to be reduced by any 
allotments or grants made under (b) in excess of such sum); 
and (b) comprising equity securities (as defined in section 560 

36  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

of the Act) up to a nominal amount of £110,586,652 (such 
amount to be reduced by any allotments or grants made under 
(a)) in connection with an offer by way of a rights issue: (i) to 
holders of ordinary shares in the capital of the Company and 
(ii) to holders of other equity securities in the capital of the 
Company, as required by the rights of those securities or, 
subject to such rights, as the Directors otherwise consider 
necessary, such authority to expire at midnight on 19 August 
2021 or, if earlier, the 2021 AGM, where it is intended that a 
resolution granting a similar authority will be put to shareholders.

As granted at the 2020 AGM, the Company is currently 
authorised to purchase its own shares and to cancel or 
hold in treasury such shares provided that: (a) the maximum 
aggregate number of shares authorised to be purchased is 
58,979,547 (representing approximately 10% of the 
Company’s then issued share capital); (b) the minimum price 
(exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for each share is 
28.125p (being equal to the nominal value of each share); and 
(c) the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be 
paid for each share is the higher of (i) an amount equal to 
105% of the average of the middle market quotations for the 
shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily 
Official List for the five business days preceding the date on 
which the shares are contracted to be purchased, and (ii) the 
higher of the price of the last independent trade and the 
highest current independent bid on the London Stock 
Exchange Daily Official List at the time of the purchase. This 
authority will lapse on 19 August 2021 or, if earlier, at the 2021 
AGM, where it is intended that a resolution granting a similar 
authority will be put to shareholders. 

Board engagement with shareholders
Communications with shareholders are given high priority. 
There is regular dialogue with institutional investors including 
presentations after the Company’s year-end and interim 
results announcements. A programme of meetings takes 
place throughout the year with major institutional 
shareholders, with both Executive Directors attending, 
with a follow-up meeting offered by the Chairman. Private 
shareholders have the opportunity to meet the Board face-to-
face and ask questions at the AGM. 

In addition to the Board’s regular engagement with shareholders 
in 2020, the Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee consulted extensively with the 
Company’s top 12 shareholders in respect of the new Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy and Restricted Share Plan. 

Board shareholder updates
Feedback from major institutional shareholders is provided to 
the Board on a regular basis and, where appropriate, the 

Board takes steps to address their suggestions, concerns 
and recommendations.

Since 27 December 2020 and up to the date of this report, the 
Company has been notified of the following interests of 3% or 
more in the issued share capital of the Company:

Electronic shareholder communications
As part of the Company’s commitment to reducing its 
energy consumption, carbon emissions and waste, we ask 
shareholders to elect to view our annual reports, notices of 
meetings and other shareholder documentation online, rather 
than in paper form. This helps decrease the amount of paper 
the Company uses, which reduces the Company’s impact on 
the environment, as well as its costs. Shareholders retain the 
right to ask to receive hard copy shareholder communications 
by post if they so wish.

Brexit planning
The impact of Brexit and the end of the transition period 
on 31 December 2020 on our business was an important 
consideration for the Board throughout 2020, especially given 
the uncertainty throughout the year as to whether a binding 
agreement would be reached between the UK and the EU 
and the terms of any future trading relationship. The Board 
was particularly aware of the potential impact on our business, 
our customers, employees and our suppliers of a ‘no deal’ 
scenario and ensured that the Group had in place appropriate 
arrangements and contingency plans. We also provided 
information and support for our non-UK employees and put 
in place, and continue to review, product supply contingency 
plans as discussed in the Senior Management Risk 
Committee report on page 69.

Substantial shareholdings
As at 27 December 2020, the Company had been notified of 
the following interests of 3% or more in the issued share 
capital of the Company under the UK Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules:

Number
of shares

% of issued
share capital

Columbia Threadneedle 
Investments
FMR LLC
Royal London Asset  
Management Ltd
J O Hambro Capital Management
Aberforth Partners LLP
Coltrane Asset Management LP
BlackRock Inc
The Vanguard Group Inc

109,644,112
44,696,530

32,177,242
28,340,329
27,958,579
22,607,000
20,371,697
18,193,405

18.59
7.58

5.46
4.81
4.74
3.83
3.46
3.08

Number
of shares

% of issued
share capital

Columbia Threadneedle 
Investments
FMR LLC
Coltrane Asset Management LP
Royal London Asset 
Management Ltd
BlackRock Inc
The Vanguard Group Inc
J O Hambro Capital Management

107,149,670
45,646,441
21,977,000

21,636,301
20,723,592
18,263,587
15,734,851

18.17
7.74
3.73

3.67
3.52
3.09
2.67

Directors’ shareholdings
For details of Directors’ shareholdings, remuneration and 
interests in the Company’s shares and options, together with 
information on Directors’ service contracts, see pages 48 to  
65 of the Directors’ remuneration report.

Annual General Meeting
The AGM is an opportunity for shareholders to vote on certain 
aspects of Group business and provides a useful forum for 
communication with private shareholders. At the AGM 
shareholders receive presentations on the Company’s 
performance and may ask questions of the Board. The 
Chairman seeks to ensure that all Directors attend and that 
the Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees answer relevant questions at the meeting. Where 
shareholder attendance is not permitted due to Government 
guidelines relating to Covid-19 (as was the case for the 2020 
AGM), we provide a facility for shareholders to submit 
questions to the Directors electronically and the answers 
are published on our website.

The 2021 AGM will be held on 25 May 2021. The notice 
convening this meeting is expected to be sent to shareholders 
in mid-April along with the proxy forms and shareholder 
vouchers, and will be made available at the same time at 
www.trgplc.com/investors/reports-and-presentations.

By order of the Board.

Debbie Hewitt MBE
Chairman

10 March 2021

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  37

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Board of Directors as at 10 March 2021

N R

Debbie Hewitt MBE 
Non-executive Chairman 

Andy Hornby
Chief Executive Officer

Debbie was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 
1 May 2015 and Chairman on 12 May 2016. She is currently 
Non-Executive Chair of White Stuff Ltd., Visa Europe Ltd. 
and BGL (Holdings) Ltd. 

Her executive career was spent at RAC plc where she was 
Group Managing Director and prior to that she was in retail 
management with Marks and Spencer. She is a Fellow of 
the Chartered Institute of Personnel Development and was 
awarded the MBE for services to Business and the 
Public Sector in 2011.

Debbie chairs the Nomination Committee.

Andy joined the Company as Chief Executive Officer on 1st 
August 2019. Andy is an experienced company Chief Executive, 
with strong consumer and digital credentials. He was previously 
Co Chief Operating Officer of GVC Holdings PLC (‘GVC’). After 
joining Gala Coral in 2011, he was successively Chief Executive 
of Coral, Chief Operating Officer of Gala Coral, Chief Operating 
Officer of Ladbrokes Coral (following the merger with Ladbrokes 
in 2016) and Co Chief Operating Officer of GVC (following the 
purchase by GVC in 2018).

Prior to joining Gala Coral, Andy was Group Chief Executive 
of Alliance Boots from 2009 to 2011, having previously held 
positions as Chief Executive of Halifax Retail, CEO of the Retail 
Division of HBOS plc, Chief Operating Officer of HBOS plc and 
then Chief Executive of HBOS plc from 2006 to the end of 
2008. Earlier in his career Andy held a range of roles at Asda, 
the supermarket retailer, including Retail Managing Director and 
Managing Director of ‘George’ clothing.

A N R

Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer

Graham Clemett
Senior Independent Director

Kirk joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer on 
5 February 2018. He has extensive finance experience 
within listed leisure and retail businesses and was previously 
Chief Financial Officer at Greene King plc for three years. 
Prior to that he was Finance Director at JD Wetherspoon plc, 
and he has also held senior finance roles at Tesco plc and 
Marks & Spencer plc. He is a member of the Chartered 
Institute of Management Accountants.

Graham was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 
1 June 2016. Graham is currently Chief Executive Officer of 
Workspace Group plc. He was previously Finance Director for 
UK Corporate Banking at RBS Group plc where he worked 
for 5 years. Prior to RBS, Graham spent 8 years at Reuters 
Group plc, latterly as Group Financial Controller. He qualified 
as a chartered accountant with KPMG. 

Graham is Chairman of the Audit Committee.

38  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

A  Member of the Audit Committee

N  Member of the Nomination Committee

R  Member of the Remuneration Committee

 Committee Chairman

A N R

N R

Alison Digges
Independent Non-Executive Director

Zoe Morgan
Independent Non-Executive Director

Alison Digges was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 
1 January 2020. Alison has extensive experience of running 
consumer businesses in the media and gaming sectors, 
leading programmes of digital transformation. She is currently 
the UK Managing Director of Digital for GVC PLC, one of the 
world’s largest sports betting and gaming groups, with full 
P&L accountability for their gaming brands. She sits on their 
UK Digital Board. She previously held digital and marketing 
roles for Gala Coral, Datamonitor and Granada TV, and brings 
a wealth of commercial, operations and digital experience 
from multi-site consumer businesses.

Zoe Morgan was appointed as a Non-Executive Director 
on 1 January 2020. Zoe is an experienced marketeer and 
Non-Executive Director. She has been Marketing Director 
of a number of retail, consumer and food businesses including 
Boots and the Co-operative Group. She has also been 
co-founder of a number of start-up businesses. She has 
a strong marketing background in multi-site, retail businesses, 
with a broad skill set in strategy, brand management and 
CRM. She has previously held a number of NED roles, 
including at Finsbury plc, a leading speciality bakery 
manufacturer, and Moss Bros Group plc, and chaired the 
Remuneration Committees of both organisations.

Zoe is Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

A N

Alex Gersh
Independent Non-Executive Director

Alex Gersh was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 
23 February 2021. Alex is currently the CFO of Sportradar, a 
global leader in leveraging the power of sports data and digital 
content for clients around the world. Prior to that he was CFO 
of Carzoo, an online used car business. He is an experienced 
listed business CFO and was previously CFO of the FTSE 100 
listed business Paddy Power Betfair Group, where he played 
a key role in the merger of Betfair with Paddy Power plc and 
in driving the subsequent success of the combined business. 

From 2018 to 2020, Alex was Non-Executive Director and 
Chairman of the Audit Committee of Moss Bros Plc, until the 
business was delisted in June 2020 and from 2007-2013, 
Alex was Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Audit 
Committee of Black Earth Farming Ltd, an agricultural 
company, listed on NASDAQ OMX (Stockholm).

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  39

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Audit Committee report

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board and the current members of the Audit 
Committee are Graham Clemett, Alison Digges, and Alex Gersh. It is chaired by 
Graham Clemett and met three times during the year. Membership and attendance 
are set out below:

Membership during the year
A summary of the Directors’ attendance at Audit Committee meetings that they 
were eligible to attend during 2020 is shown below: 

Director
Graham Clemett
Simon Cloke
Mike Tye
Allan Leighton
Alison Digges

Status
Member for whole year
Member until 26 February 2020
Member until 6 April 2020
Member until 6 November 2020
Member from 1 January 2020

Attendance
3/3
1/1
1/1
2/2
3/3

Since 27 December 2020, there have been two Audit Committee meetings to review 
and approve this Annual Report and Accounts amongst other matters. Both 
meetings were attended by all members of the Audit Committee. 

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code (‘Code’) the Board considers 
that Graham Clemett has significant, recent and relevant financial experience based 
on his previous role as CFO of Workspace Group PLC, a FTSE250 company. 
Biographies of all Committee members, including a summary of their experience, 
appear on pages 38 to 39.

On an ongoing basis the Board reviews the composition of the Committee to ensure 
that it remains proportionate to its role and responsibilities and provides sufficient 
scrutiny of risk management, internal controls and external audit. Following the 
resignation of Allan Leighton, the Board has recruited a new Alex Gersh as a Non-
Executive Director from 23 February 2021 who will also sit on the Audit Committee.

The Committee regularly invites the external audit lead partner, the Chairman of the 
Board, the other non-executive Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer to its meetings. The Committee meets privately with the external 
auditor at least annually and liaises with Company management in considering 
areas for review. 

Role of the Audit Committee
The Committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the integrity of the 
Company’s financial reporting in advance of its consideration by the Board, reviewing 
the adequacy of the Company’s internal controls and risk management systems, and 
making recommendations to the Board in relation to the external auditor.

Graham Clemett
Chairman of the Audit Committee

40  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Key responsibilities
The Committee discharges its responsibilities through 
Committee meetings during the year at which detailed reports 
are presented for review. The Committee will also commission 
reports and presentations from external advisers and 
Company management in relation to the Company’s major 
risks, or in response to developing issues. 

The Committee’s key responsibilities are to:

•  provide additional assurance regarding integrity, quality and 
reliability of financial information used by the Board and 
externally published financial statements;

•  review the Company’s internal procedures on control and 

compliance for financial reporting to satisfy itself that these 
are adequate and effective;

•  review the principles, policies and practices adopted in the 
preparation of the Group’s financial statements to ensure 
they comply with statutory requirements and generally 
accepted accounting principles;

•  review the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s 
risk management and internal control, supported by the 
Senior Management Risk Committee;

Financial and narrative reporting:
•  reviewed the full year and interim results and associated 

announcements; 

•  considered whether taken as a whole the Annual Report 

and Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable and 
whether they provided the necessary information for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy;

•  reviewed the suitability of the Group’s accounting policies 

and practices; and

•  discussed the Group’s long-term viability and going 

concern statements.

External audit:
•  received the external auditor review report on the Annual 
Report and Accounts and Interim Report process and 
discussed the 2020 year-end audit;

•  reviewed the outputs of the FRC inspection of the 2019 audit;

•  considered the scope and cost of external audit;

•  considered the effectiveness of the external audit process;

•  discussed the Board representation letter;

•  receive and review reports from the Group’s external auditor 

•  considered the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting 

concerning external announcements, in particular the 
Annual Report and Accounts and the Interim Report;

policies and practices; and

•  discussed the non-audit work carried out by the external 

•  develop and oversee the Company’s policy regarding the 

auditor and its impact on safeguarding audit independence.

external audit process, review the external auditor’s 
independence, review the provision of non-audit services 
they provide and approve their remuneration;

Internal control and risk management:
•  reviewed the Group’s principal risk factors (see page 70);

•  review the whistleblowing arrangements whereby 

•  reviewed the Group’s internal controls and risk 

employees may, in confidence, raise concerns about 
possible improprieties in financial reporting or other matters, 
to ensure there are proportionate and independent 
procedures in place and review the operational 
effectiveness of the Company’s policies and procedures for 
detecting fraud or illegal acts; and 

•  consider any other matter that is brought to its attention by 

the Board or the external auditor.

2020 Committee activities
The Committee is required by its terms of reference to meet at 
least three times a year. During 2020, the Committee held 
three meetings and in discharging its responsibilities:

management systems;

•  commissioned updates on cyber security and Brexit 

readiness; and

•  discussed regular reports and copies of the minutes from 
the Chairman of the Senior Management Risk Committee.

Compliance, whistleblowing and fraud:
•  reviewed the operational effectiveness of the Company’s 

policies and procedures for detecting fraud or illegal acts and

•  reviewed the Whistleblowing Policy and the effectiveness of 
the Company’s whistleblowing arrangements, and received 
a report on whistleblowing activity.

Committee governance:
•  reviewed the Committee terms of reference; and

•  conducted an internally facilitated Committee 

effectiveness review.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  41

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Audit Committee report continued

Significant financial judgements
In recommending the Annual Report and Accounts to the Board for approval, the Committee reviewed in particular the 
accounting and disclosure of the following key accounting matters:

Matter considered 
Going Concern

Administrations and Company 
Voluntary Agreement (CVA)

Useful economic life of 
Wagamama brand

Impairment of tangible and 
intangible assets

Segmental disclosure

IFRS 16

Exceptional costs

Action taken by the Committee
The Committee, alongside the wider Board, reviewed the base and stress case forecasts 
with management, and with reference to the existing, and new facilities. This included 
cash flows and forecast covenant calculations for the Group. The Committee also 
reviewed the Material Uncertainty disclosure in the Annual Report and Accounts and 
discussed the assessment by Management with the External Auditor. The Committee 
agreed with Management’s assessment as explained on page 68.
The Committee reviewed the disclosures and the accounting for the administrations of Food 
& Fuel Limited, and Chiquito Limited and discussed with the external auditor. In addition, the 
Committee reviewed the accounting and disclosures for the CVA of TRG UK Ltd.
The Committee reviewed Management’s paper on the appropriateness of maintaining an 
indefinite useful economic life. Particular consideration was given to the current strength of 
the brand and its performance since acquisition, which was assessed using an agreed set 
of brand metrics including LFL sales performance versus the market, Net Promoter Score, 
and Staff Turnover. The financial forecast which demonstrated Management’s intention, and 
ability, to keep investing in the brand to maintain its strength and relevance was also 
reviewed. This assessment was discussed with the Group and Divisional management, 
and the external auditor.
The Committee reviewed the proposals prepared by management setting out their 
approach and challenged the key judgements made relating to impairment, such as 
forecast sales performance, allocation of central costs and discount rates, as well 
as reviewing this topic with the external auditor.
The Committee reviewed the paper prepared by management on the determination and 
presentation of the operating segments within the Group and management’s proposal 
to continue to aggregate into one reportable segment. The Committee focussed on the 
economic characteristics of the different operating segments, and the criteria set within 
IFRS8. The Committee agreed management’s proposal subject to appropriate disclosure 
in the Accounting Policies and the Significant Judgements sections of the Annual Report. 
The Committee received a paper from Management at both the interim and year end 
meetings regarding the application of IFRS 16 and how it has been applied to the Group, 
taking into account the volume of changes to the leases following the CVA, 
Administrations and renegotiation of Concessionaire agreements. The Committee paid 
particular attention to the completeness of the calculations, and the judgemental 
decisions such as the calculation methodology applied. This was discussed with 
management, and the external auditor.
Management presented a paper to the Committee covering the details of all of the costs 
classified in the accounts as Exceptional in the year. This covered both the calculation of 
relevant amounts, as well as the rationale for separating them from the underlying trading 
of the business. These costs were reviewed and discussed with Management and with 
the external auditor.

42  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Other areas considered included:

•  the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC’s) letter following the 

2019 annual report;

•  the FRC’s findings with respect to the inspection of the 2019 

external audit;

•  the external auditor’s improvements in its audit procedures 

to further improve audit quality; and

•  management override of controls and consideration of bias 

underlying key estimates or judgements.

Auditor effectiveness
When considering the suitability of the external auditor, the 
Committee takes account of: 

•  the findings set out in the FRC’s Audit Quality Review team’s 

public reports on audit firms;

•  any specific observations on the audit of the company arising 

from the FRC, including the inspection of the 2019 audit;

•  the ability of the external auditor to add value through 

observations from the audit process and interactions with 
the Company’s management;

No unresolved issues remain from the Committee’s 
consideration of these matters.

•  the arrangements for ensuring the independence and 

objectivity of the external auditor;

Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee carried out an assessment of whether the 
Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy. This assessment 
included a review for consistency of the narrative reporting 
and the financial statements and forms the basis of the advice 
given by the Committee to the Board to assist them in making 
this statement. 

•  the external auditor’s fulfilment of the agreed audit plan;

•  the robustness and perceptiveness of the auditor in their 
handling of the key accounting and audit judgements; and

•  the external auditor’s conclusions with regard to existing 

management and control processes.

The FRC’s inspection of EY’s 2019 audit concluded that there 
were no key findings and one area of good practice, but also 
identified three other findings for further improvement of the 
audit which have been implemented in EY’s 2020 audit.

The Committee also considered the use of Adjusted 
Performance Metrics (APMs) in view of guidance from the 
European Securities & Markets Association, the equal 
prominence of such metrics and the definitions and 
reconciliations of these.

Long-term viability and going concern statements
The Committee considered, with reference to a detailed 
management paper, the Group’s going concern and long-term 
viability statements. The viability period has been reduced from 
previous reports which looked forward three years to two years 
in the current statement. The rationale for this was discussed 
with management and the auditor and it was considered 
reasonable for this year only given the continued uncertainty 
of Covid-19. The Committee hopes that the plans set out by the 
UK Government in February and March 2021 will bring much 
greater visibility to future forecasts and that the viability period 
will return to three years for the 2021 Annual Report. The factors 
used when assessing the Group’s viability for the next two years, 
together with the statement, are set out on page 16 and the 
Group’s going concern statement on page 68.

The Committee has informally discussed the effectiveness 
of the external audit for the 2020 year-end and, a formal 
assessment will be conducted after the approval of the 
financial statements have been approved in March 2021. 
The evaluation to date focused on: robustness of the audit 
process, quality of delivery, timeliness of addressing key 
matters, reporting and staffing. Subject to this review, it is 
therefore the Committee’s intention to recommend the 
re-appointment of Ernst & Young LLP (EY) to shareholders 
at the Annual General Meeting in May 2021. If appointed, 
EY will hold office until the conclusion of the next Annual 
General Meeting at which accounts are laid.

Auditor independence
EY were appointed in November 2018, following a tender 
process as outlined in the 2018 Annual Report. This is the 
third year auditing the Group’s annual report. Over that time, 
the audit has been led by Bob Forsyth. Audit Partner.

To ensure the external auditor remains independent the 
Committee considers the following:

External audit
The Committee has primary responsibility for overseeing the 
relationship with, and performance of, the external auditor. 
Annually the Committee undertakes a review of the objectivity 
and effectiveness of the audit process. 

•  the external auditor’s plan for the current year, noting the role 
of the external audit lead partner and their length of tenure;

•  the arrangements for day-to-day management of the 

external audit relationship;

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  43

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Audit Committee report continued

•  a report from the external auditor describing their 
arrangements to identify, report and manage any 
independence matters or conflicts of interest; and

•  the overall extent of non-audit services provided by the 

external auditor, in addition to its case-by-case approval of 
the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor.

Non-audit work and pre-approval policy
The Company has a non-audit work policy in place which was 
updated and approved in the December 2020 Audit Committee 
following the changes implemented in the Revised Ethical 
Standard 2019 issued by the FRC. The services that can now 
be provided by the auditor are restricted to a specific ‘whitelist’ 
of services closely linked to the audit or regulatory work. In line 
with the requirements of the Revised Ethical Standard, the 
external auditor would only be appointed to perform a non-audit 
service when it is consistent with the requirements and 
overarching principles of the Standard, and when its skills and 
experience make it the most appropriate supplier. The revised 
policy also requires upfront approval from the Audit Committee 
prior to any non-audit services being conducted.

The Committee aims to minimise non-audit fees as far as 
is possible and practicable. To safeguard objectivity and 
independence the Committee also assess whether any such 
fees are appropriate. The priority is to ensure that an 
effective, high quality audit can be conducted and 
independence maintained. 

In normal circumstances, non-audit fees form a relatively minor 
proportion of the work carried out by EY. However, these fees 
have been elevated in 2018, 2020, and will continue to be so 
in 2021. In 2018, EY performed Reporting Accountant work 
on the acquisition of Wagamama. In 2020, they were engaged 
to provide comfort letters and working capital reports on an 
aborted equity issuance and debt refinancing. In 2021, EY have 
been engaged to provide comfort letters and working capital 
reports on the proposed equity issuance. We believed that EY 
as our auditors were best placed to provide these services, 
during the pandemic, as the services were closely associated 
with knowledge gained from the audit process and were 
required to be performed in a short timeframe. Therefore, the 
Committee requested EY to engage with the FRC to obtain 
clearance in advance of appointing EY to undertake the work. 
An FRC exemption was obtained to exceed the 70% non-audit 
fee cap for the year ending 2 January 2022. Separately, the 
Audit Committee also considered the safeguards that EY put in 
place to ensure its independence in undertaking the work. 

As a result of the above workstreams, the audit fees to non-
audit fee ratio has increased to 1:1.4 (2019:1:0.2). The 
Committee receives updates on the level of fees from the 
auditors twice per year. 

44  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Internal controls and risk management
Internal audit function
The Committee keeps under regular review the scope of the 
Group’s internal control activity, which is currently solely 
focused on site level operational reviews. Given the significant 
interruptions to trade during the year, it was not considered 
appropriate to expand the role of internal audit during the year. 
However, a proposal to use an external firm to provide a broader 
focus to the internal audit function in 2021 has been approved.

Senior Management Risk Committee
As set out in the Risk Committee’s terms of reference, the 
Committee Chairman received regular reports on its activities 
during 2020. For further details on the membership, roles and 
responsibilities and Risk Committee activities, see page 69. 

The Group’s principal risk factors are set out on page 70.

Committee Governance
Terms of reference
In December 2020, the Committee reviewed its terms of 
reference. The terms of reference were amended in to reflect 
the fact that two Committee members was sufficient for the 
Committee to be quorate, in accordance with the Code. The 
full terms of reference are available on the Company’s website 
at www.trgplc.com/investors/corporate-governance.

Committee effectiveness review
A Board and Committee evaluation was conducted in 
December 2020. All Executive Directors, Non-executive 
Directors and the Company Secretary participated. Input was 
provided through a questionnaire consisting of 51 questions, 
covering the areas of Board Process, Business Strategy Skills 
and Influence and Governance and Stakeholder Management 
and a separate section on Covid-19 and the Board’s response 
to the pandemic. There were also questions on the 
effectiveness of each Board Committee. The review was 
performed internally and the results discussed at a Board 
meeting where an action plan was agreed.

Of specific note for the Audit Committee was the desire for 
risk management to be more granular and included as a more 
substantial part of the Committee agenda.

On behalf of the Audit Committee

Graham Clemett
Chairman of the Audit Committee

10 March 2021

Nomination Committee report

Debbie Hewitt MBE 
Chairman of the Nomination 
Committee 

The Nomination Committee is appointed by the Board and as at 27 December 2020 
comprised four independent non-executive Directors – the Committee Chairman, 
Debbie Hewitt, Graham Clemett, Alison Digges and Zoe Morgan. Alex Gersh joined 
the Committee on 23 February 2021.

The Nomination Committee met four times during the year. 

Biographies of all Committee members, including a summary of their experience, 
appear on pages 38 to 39.

Role of the Nomination Committee
The principal role of the Committee is to review the structure, size and composition 
of the Board and its committees, to identify, evaluate and recommend candidates 
for appointment to the Board and its committees and to keep under review the 
Group’s broader executive leadership and succession needs, together with Board, 
Board committee and senior leadership succession planning.

Key responsibilities
The Committee discharges its responsibilities through regular meetings during 
the year. 

The Committee’s key responsibilities are to:

•  review the structure, size and composition (including the skills, knowledge, 

experience and diversity) and effectiveness of the Board and make 
recommendations of any changes; 

•  give full consideration to succession planning for Directors and the executive 

leadership and executive succession needs of the Group;

•  recommend Directors for annual re-election, and explicitly keep under review 

Directors being re-elected for a term exceeding six years and

•  make recommendations for new Director appointments to the Board.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  45

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Nomination Committee report continued

2020 Committee activities
The Committee is required by its terms of reference to meet 
at least twice a year. During 2020, the Committee held four 
meetings and considered the following matters:

Effectiveness of the Committee
The Board effectiveness review concluded that the Committee 
was, on the whole, working effectively, with an inclusive and 
forward-thinking approach. Progress included:

•  the structure and skill set of the Board, including its diversity 

•  the induction and integration of new non-executive Directors;

in composition, skills, thinking and approach and its 
Committee succession needs;

•  improved diversity in Board composition;

•  in light of the ongoing impact of Covid-19 on the Group, 

the Committee considered the appropriate size of the Board 
and, in particular the number of NEDs, given the likely 
organisational restructuring which would reduce the scale 
of the business and recommended reducing the overall 
number of non-executive Directors from six to five;

•  decision to implement a more simplified group executive 
structure, focused around individual brands, and the 
recruitment of a new Group Managing Director for the 
Leisure brands;

•  the subsequent reduction in the number of non-executive 

Directors; 

•  following Mike Tye’s offer to step down as a non-executive 

•  succession achieved for the Senior Independent Director 

Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee with 
effect from 6 April 2020, Zoe Morgan took up the role of 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, having 
previously been identified by the Committee as the 
successor to Mike Tye;

•  the appointment of Alison Digges to the Remuneration 

Committee to ensure compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code requirement that a remuneration 
committee consists of a minimum of three independent 
non-executive directors;

role and

•  succession identified going forward for the Audit 

Committee chair.

The areas for improvement and focus going forward:

•  succession for Group Chairman (over the next 24/36 months)

•  further enhancement of diversity of the Board;

•  talent management across the business and

•  the appointment of Graham Clemett as Senior Independent 

•  executive succession planning.

Director in November 2020, following the resignation of 
Allan Leighton as non-executive Director;

•  the nomination of Zoe Morgan as the designated 

non-executive Director for colleague engagement in 
accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
replacing Allan Leighton;

•  the recruitment of a new non-executive Director, with strong 
financial skills, including the appointment of an executive 
search firm and the process to be adopted and 

•  the format and process of the Committee evaluation, 

in particular the areas of focus and subsequently a review 
of the outcome and development of an action plan.

The Committee took part in the comprehensive Board 
effectiveness review at the end of 2020. 

Board changes during the year
Board changes during the year are detailed in the Corporate 
Governance report on page 28.

Non-Executive Director recruitment
The Company engaged an executive search consultant, 
Sam Allen Associates, to assist in the recruitment of a new 
non-executive Director. Sam Allen Associates has no other 
connection with the Company. Following an extensive search, 
the Company announced the appointment of Alex Gersh as 
non-executive Director with effect from 23 February 2021. 
Alex also became a member of the Audit and 
Nomination Committees.

46  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Board and senior management diversity
On an ongoing basis, the Committee keeps under review the 
tenure and qualifications of the executive and non-executive 
Directors to ensure the Board has an appropriate and broad 
mix of skills, experience, knowledge and diversity.

The aim of the Board’s approach to diversity is to ensure that 
the Group has in place the most effective Board, management 
and colleagues to represent and operate the business 
effectively for the benefit of all its stakeholders.

The Committee continues to be aware of, and embrace, the 
Hampton-Alexander Review on Improving Gender Balance in 
FTSE Leadership and its targets of 33% female representation 
on the executive committee and in their direct reports by 2020. 
The Board is aligned on these ambitions. As at 27 December 
2020, the Board comprised 50% female representation and 
2 of the 3 Divisional Managing Directors (67%) were female. 
As at the date of this report (following the appointment of 
Alex Gersh), the Board comprises 43% female representation.

The Committee also embraces the Parker Review on the 
ethnic diversity of boards, and its recommendations 
concerning the representation of people of colour on boards 
and in the senior management and executive ranks of 
organisations. The Board recognises the value of, and strongly 
supports, the principle of diversity generally, particularly 
cognitive diversity and over the coming years will work to 
ensure that the Group maximises the benefits that diverse 
management and employees can bring. 

Further details on the Group’s policy on diversity are included 
in the Corporate Governance report on pages 28 to 37 and the 
Corporate Social Responsibility report on page 22. 

Succession planning
The Nomination Committee keeps under review the skill set 
and tenure of non-executive Directors to ensure the 
appropriate mix of skill and independence is maintained for 
the Board and its Committees. No current Directors have 
Board tenure exceeding six years. 

The Committee also monitors executive succession planning 
to ensure the Company has a strong leadership pipeline. 

Annual re-election of Directors
As required by the Code, all Directors are subject to annual 
re-election and as such, details setting out why each Director 
is deemed to be suitable for reappointment will be included 
with the AGM papers circulated to shareholders.

Committee Governance
Terms of reference
The full terms of reference are available on the 
Company’s website at http://www.trgplc.com/investors/
corporate-governance.

On behalf of the Nomination Committee.

Debbie Hewitt MBE
Chairman of the Nomination Committee 

10 March 2021

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  47

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ remuneration report

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to provide the Directors’ remuneration report for the year ended 
27 December 2020, my first as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee (the 
‘Committee’). The Committee currently consists of myself, Debbie Hewitt, 
Graham Clemett and Alison Digges.

As usual, the annual statement and annual report on remuneration, which provide 
details of the remuneration earned by Directors in the year and how the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy will be implemented for the 2021 financial year, will be subject 
to an advisory shareholder vote at this year’s AGM on 25 May 2021.

This was a busy and challenging year for the Committee as we found ourselves in 
unprecedented times, due to the Covid-19 pandemic. Hospitality has been one of 
the hardest hit sectors. As a result, the Committee has dealt with some significant 
issues as we have sought to adapt the Company’s remuneration decisions to the 
rapidly changing environment of Government lockdowns and a complex tiering 
structure, leaving many of our sites closed for dine-in throughout much of the year. 
Management moved rapidly to implement a series of actions to mitigate the 
substantial hit to sales, including a CVA of the Leisure division, a dramatic reduction 
to costs, including voluntary salary reductions and bonus waivers, renegotiation of 
terms with many of our suppliers, access to Government support, a significant 
reduction to capital expenditure and placing of shares to strengthen our liquidity. 
The key decisions on remuneration are outlined in more detail below.

Remuneration in 2020
The Company has been and continues to be significantly impacted by Covid-19, 
with much of our business closed from mid-March to early July 2020. The business 
partially reopened through offering delivery services and was gradually able to 
recommence the opening of our estate for dine-in within social distancing guidelines. 
Further restrictions in England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland during the 
autumn months and the national lockdown in December (and again, from January 
2021) also had, and continues to have, a significant impact on sales. During this time 
the Executive Directors and, indeed, the wider leadership team, adopted a responsible 
approach to remuneration to safeguard the business including: 

•  the Chief Executive Officer and Non-Executive Directors waived 40% of their salaries 
/fees from 1 April 2020; the Chief Financial Officer waived 20% from 1 April 2020; 

•  this waiver was aligned at 20% and extended on 1 July 2020 for all the board and 
continued for the rest of the year. These waivers will continue until 31 March 2021; 

•  it is worth noting that the Directors proactively volunteered these waivers which 

will have been in place for a full year before they end on 1 April 2021; 

•  the Committee exercised its discretion to cancel the 2020 LTIP grant proposed in 
last year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report (‘DRR’), given the dramatic reaction of 
the share price due to Covid-19. The Board concluded that the priority at that time 
was to stabilise the Company before issuing any LTIP grants. No adjustments for 
Covid-19 were made to previous years’ LTIP awards, resulting in them being very 
unlikely to vest in the future; 

•  the Committee exercised its discretion to resolve that no annual bonuses will be 

paid to the Executive Directors for 2020 and

Zoe Morgan 
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

48  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2019
48  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

While the on-going grant level for the Executive Directors is 
likely to be set at 100% of salary (representing a 50% discount 
to the previous LTIP level of 200%), given the circumstances 
including the Executive Directors’ proactive stance on salary 
waivers and approved bonus waivers, and the absence of 
bonuses for 2020 and of any meaningful in-flight LTIP awards, 
it was decided that the 2020 grant to the two Executive 
Directors would be over shares worth 125% of salary. 

Stakeholder engagement
The Committee reviewed all the various options over the 
summer of 2020 and consulted directly, in several cases 
extensively, with our 12 largest shareholders and the leading 
proxy advisory firms. Following those discussions, the Board 
of Directors believed that our executives could be best aligned 
with shareholders through restricted shares, which inherently 
provide an immediate and significant interest in the share price 
alongside our longer-term investors. The Board of Directors 
considered that the stability of a smaller fixed vesting level better 
supports the stewardship role of management in these 
potentially volatile circumstances, as the ultimate value received 
is dependent upon share price movement and, therefore, fully 
aligned with the shareholder experience, as well as supporting 
the Company’s strategy.

General Meeting to approve new Policy and Restricted 
Share Plan
Our new Directors’ Remuneration Policy and The Restaurant 
Group Restricted Share Plan (‘RSP’) were approved by 
ordinary resolution at a General Meeting on 8 October 2020.

It is recognised that a significant number of those 
shareholders voting (37%) did not support the proposals. The 
circumstances surrounding this year’s award are exceptional 
and we have signalled our intention that the 2021 grant (due to 
be made in March/April 2021) will be at the lower level of 
100% of salary using the 5-day average closing share price 
over the period immediately prior to grant, with this lower level 
intended for subsequent grants. We have and will continue to 
engage with our shareholders.

•  it is also important to note that the bonuses for 2019 

approved and reported as payable in last year’s DRR were 
also voluntarily waived by the Executive Directors and have 
been cancelled. 

As a result, while these measures were important in the 
context of the lockdown and aligned with the outcome for 
both shareholders and our wider teams, they effectively meant 
that the Company’s senior management was not subject to 
any retention or incentivisation mechanism. 

Policy review
Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy was due to expire in 2021 
having originally been approved at the AGM held in May 2018 
by over 99% of the shareholders voting. The Committee had 
intended to carry out a review of this Policy in 2020 and to 
propose a new Policy for approval at the next AGM in 2021. 
However, given the exceptional events of 2020 related to 
Covid-19, and our Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) no longer 
being appropriate, the Committee decided to accelerate its 
review and recommended a new Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy which was better aligned to the long-term interests of 
the Company and its shareholders. 

The new Policy involved the replacement of the LTIP with a 
Restricted Share Plan (i.e. exchanging lower levels of grant for 
greater certainty of vesting with such awards not being subject 
to traditional performance conditions but still including robust 
underpins). As part of the new Policy, we also included the 
Committee’s over-arching discretion to decide the level of 
vesting of the Restricted Shares, the introduction of post-
cessation share ownership guidelines and the ability to set the 
appropriate grant level at the time of grant. While Restricted 
Shares exchange quantum for greater certainty of vesting (and 
therefore improve the retentive impact), the Committee and the 
whole Board are committed to avoiding payments for failure. 
Any vesting will be contingent on satisfaction of a discretionary 
underpin, assessed three years after grant, under which the 
Committee determines whether the vesting is appropriate in 
all the circumstances and, in particular, will have regard to the 
Company’s and the participant’s performance in the round. 
This will allow a broad assessment, including as to progress 
made in terms of financial performance and such other factors 
as the Committee may consider relevant, including as to various 
environmental, social and corporate governance factors.

In addition, for the 2020 grant, the Committee also committed 
that 50% of the Restricted Shares will only vest if the 
Company’s EBITDA in FY22 is at least £100m (subject to 
adjustment for any acquisitions or disposals over the period). 
This is an underpin and not a forecast or performance target 
and ensures that there is a minimum EBITDA level below 
which 50% of the Restricted Shares will not vest. 

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  49

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy report is detailed on page 62. The new Policy 
updates for developments in best practice, including the Committee’s over-arching 
discretion to decide the level of vesting of the Restricted Shares and the introduction 
of post-cessation share ownership guidelines. The key changes are: 

•  a commitment to align pension rates for new Executive Directors; 

•  the introduction of a new Restricted Share Plan;

•  an increase in the share ownership guideline to 250% and 

•  the introduction of post-cessation share ownership guidelines. 

Remuneration for 2021
The Remuneration Committee continually reviews the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy to ensure it promotes the attraction, retention and incentivisation of high 
caliber executives to deliver the Group’s strategy. It is equally important that the 
Policy reflects shareholders’ views and the changing landscape in which the Group 
operates. Our planned policy review for 2021 was carried out in 2020. 

The entire Board of Directors continue to voluntarily apply a 20% reduction to their 
salaries/fees until 31 March 2021. 

The Committee has decided that in order to more closely align the central 
colleagues and Directors pay review date with the businesses they support, their 
awards will now be made in April.

As the business continues to be in lockdown, with no sites currently open for 
dine-in, and the relaxation of lockdown rules still in early stages with Government 
guidelines still emerging at the time of writing, the Committee has decided to agree 
the quantum of the award in April when there is less uncertainty and we will 
announce the decisions taken in next year’s report. 

The Non-Executive Directors have agreed to waive any fee increase for 2021 and 
therefore their fees will next be reviewed on 1 April 2022.

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be eligible for a maximum 
annual bonus for 2021 of 150% and 120% of salary respectively (subject to 
achievement of the relevant performance targets). 

In March/April 2021, under the RSP, we intend to grant at the lower level of 100% of 
salary using the 5-day average closing share price over the period immediately prior 
to grant, with this lower level intended for subsequent grants. 

I hope that you will agree with how we have dealt with executive remuneration in this 
tumultuous year and support the annual vote on this report.

Yours faithfully,

Zoe Morgan 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

10 March 2021

50  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Annual report on remuneration
Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the 
2021 financial year
Executive Directors’ salaries for the 2020 financial year are set 
out below and will be subject to review in April:

Basic salary
Andy Hornby
Kirk Davis

20201
£630,000
£362,342

1.  The Executive Director salaries shown in the above table were subject to 

voluntary reductions from 1 April 2020 40% by the Andy Hornby and 20% 
by Kirk Davis, which was aligned at a 20% reduction for all of the Board from 
1 July 2020. 

2.  In line with the rest of the Board, the Executive Directors will continue to 

waive 20% of their salaries for 2021 until 31 March 2021. 

3.  The salaries shown in the above table do not take into account the Executive 

Directors’ voluntary salary waivers.

Restaurant management and general restaurant employees 
receive their pay award in April 2021 and, where applicable, 
the non-management increases will be aligned to the National 
Living Wage and the National Minimum Wage increases. 
The Committee is informed of the base pay review budget 
applicable to other employees and is aware of the treatment 
of National Living Wage and the National Minimum Wage.

The Committee has changed the date for the annual pay 
review for all head office colleagues, including the Executive 
Directors previously effective 1 January each year, to April 
2021. This year with continued uncertainty regarding 
Government timelines, the awards will be reviewed on 
1 April when the ongoing trading situation should be clearer.

Pension and benefits
Pension and benefits will continue to be provided in line with 
the stated policy. We note that some institutional investors 
favour alignment for incumbent Executive Directors. At the 
Company, the Chief Executive Officer receives no pension 
contribution and the Chief Financial Officer’s contribution rate 
is set at 20% as negotiated on his recruitment. Any new 
Executive Directors will be aligned with the average for staff.

Performance targets for the annual bonus in 2021 
For 2021, the annual bonus will again be based on a Group 
financial measure of 70% and a strategic KPI of 30% and 
capped at 150% and 120% of salary for the Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer respectively. The financial 
measure will be adjusted profit before tax (PBT). The 
Committee has chosen not to disclose, in advance, details of 
the strategic KPI for the forthcoming year or the PBT targets 
as these include items which the Committee considers 
commercially sensitive. However retrospective disclosure in 
respect of the 2021 targets will be provided in next year’s 
report. Executive Directors are required to defer 50% of any 
bonus earned into share awards with a three-year vesting 
period under the Deferred Bonus Plan.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  51

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Underpin for RSP awards to be granted in 2021
The RSP awards intended to be granted to each of the 
Executive Directors in April 2021 will be over shares equal to 
100% of salary. 

Awards granted in April 2021 will be subject to two underpin 
conditions as follows:

1. in respect of 100% of the Award, that the Group’s 

underlying performance and delivery against its strategy 
(which may change in response to cyclical and structural 
changes over time) is sufficient to justify the level of vesting 
having regard to such factors as the Committee considers 
to be appropriate in the round. In normal circumstances, 
such factors will include the Company’s financial 
performance, balance sheet strength, and performance 
against environmental, social and corporate governance 
priorities set by the Committee from time to time and 

2. £100m EBITDA, 50% of the Restricted Shares will only 

vest if the Company’s EBITDA in FY23 is at least £100m 
(subject to adjustment for any acquisitions or disposals 
over the period).

We have disclosed the 2020 RSP underpin relating to the 
award made to the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer 
on page 56 of this report.

Non-Executive Directors
As detailed in the Remuneration Policy, the Company’s 
approach to setting Non-Executive Directors’ fees is by 
reference to fees paid at similarly sized companies and 
reflects the time commitment and responsibilities of each 
role. A summary of current fees is as follows:

Chairman
Non-executive 
Directors’ base fee
Committee Chair/
Senior Independent 
Director fee

2020 1
£224,000

2021 
(from 
1 January)2
£224,000

£56,200

£56,200

£10,000

£10,000

Increase3
0%

0%

0%

1  From 1 January 2020 or date of appointment. Note also that the Chairman 

and Non-Executive Director fees from 1 April 2020 were voluntarily reduced 
by 40% in light of the on-going Covid-19 pandemic, which was aligned at a 
20% reduction for all of the Board from 1 July 2020.

2.  In line with the rest of the Board, the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors 

continue to waive 20% of their fees until 31 March 2021. 

3.  The percentage increase shown in the above table does not take into 

account the voluntary salary waivers.

There will be no fee increase in 2021.

52  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Remuneration received by Directors (audited)
The table below sets out the remuneration received by the Directors in relation to performance for the financial years ended 
27 December 2020 and 29 December 2019. The table shows actual amounts after taking into account salary/fee waivers. 

£’000
Debbie Hewitt
2020
2019
Andy Hornby 
2020
2019
Kirk Davis
2020
2019
Graham Clemett
2020
2019
Zoe Morgan6
2020
2019
Alison Digges7
2020
2019
Former Directors
Andy McCue 8
2020
2019
Allan Leighton 9
2020
2019
Mike Tye 10
2020
2019
Simon Cloke 11
2020
2019

Fixed pay 

Salary 
and fees

Taxable 
benefits 1

Pensions 2

Sub-total

Annual 
bonus 3

Performance-related pay
SAYE 
Scheme 4

LTIP 5

RSP 5

Sub-total

Total 12

179
219

504
263

314
362

54
61

50
–

45
–

62
525

45
61

18
61

9
58

–
–

10
5

10
11

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
65

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

61
73

–
–

–
–

–
–

179
219

514
268

385
446

54
61

50
–

45
–

–
55

62
645

–
–

–
–

–
–

45
61

18
61

9
58

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

4
5

–
5

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

4
5

–
5

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

179
219

518
273

385
441

54
61

50
–

45
–

62
645

45
61

18
61

9
58

1  Taxable benefits comprise car allowance (the car allowance is £12,000 per annum for the Chief Executive Officer and £10,000 per annum for the Chief 

Financial Officer) and healthcare. Car allowances were subject to a reduction in-line with the overall pay reductions further details can be found on page 48.

2  The pension payment to the Chief Financial Officer is a salary supplement in lieu of pension contributions. The Chief Executive Officer does not receive a 

pension allowance. 

3  No bonus is payable for 2020. The 2019 report disclosed the intention to pay bonuses for 2019 which were waived. This amounts to £98,438 for the Chief 

Executive Officer and £108,630 for the Chief Financial Officer. This report therefore updates the 2019 bonuses to show them at zero. 

4  The value for each Executive Director includes the intrinsic value of the options granted under the SAYE Scheme on 8 December 2020, being the difference 

between the option price (51.84 pence) and the average market value of the Company’s shares over the last quarter of the 2020 financial year (63.73 pence), 
multiplied by the number of option shares (34,722 shares). Further details of the SAYE Scheme options are disclosed on page 56.

5   No LTIP awards vested in the 2020 financial year. Details of the performance conditions applicable to their outstanding LTIP and RSP awards are set out on 

pages 55 and 56.

6  Zoe Morgan was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 January 2020 and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee on 6 April 2020.
7   Alison Digges was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 1 January 2020. 
8   Andy McCue stepped down from the Board on 30 June 2019. Details of his termination arrangements are disclosed on page.
9  Allan Leighton resigned on 6 November 2020 and his remuneration is the amount earned up to that date.
10  Mike Tye resigned on 6 April 2020 and his remuneration is the amount earned up to that date.
11  Simon Cloke resigned on 29 February 2020 and his remuneration is the amount earned up to that date.
12  The aggregate emoluments (being salary/ fees, bonus, benefits and cash allowance in lieu of pension) of all Directors for the year ended 27 December 2020 

was £1,365,346 (2019: £2,036,324).

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  53

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Annual bonus payments for the year ended 27 December 2020 (audited)
The annual bonus for the 2020 financial year for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer was based on Adjusted 
PBT performance and a strategic measure based on net debt. 

A maximum of 70% of the bonus (105% of salary and 84% of salary respectively) was payable for achievement against Group 
Adjusted PBT Targets: 

< Threshold
Threshold (95% of budget) 1 
Target (budget)1 
Maximum (102.5% of budget) 1
Outcome (Loss)

Group Adjusted 
PBT targets
£74.982m
£74.982m
£78.928m
£80.901m
£(87.456m)

CEO % 
of salary
0%
45%
75%
105%
0%

A maximum of 30% of the bonus (45% of salary and 36% of salary respectively) was payable for achievement against a 
strategic measure based on net debt.

< Threshold
Threshold (95% of budget) 1 
Target (budget)1 
Maximum (102.5% of budget) 1
Outcome

Net Debt (with 
dividend/without 
dividend) 
£290m/£270m
£290m/£270m
£280m/£260m
£275m/£255m
£824m

CEO % 
of salary
0%
22.5%
37.5%
45%
0%

1  Any bonus would be payable on a straight-line basis if achievement is between target and maximum pay-out.

Annual bonus payments 
No annual bonuses will be paid to the Executive Directors for 2020. 

Vesting of LTIP awards in 2020 financial year (audited)
No LTIP awards vested to Executive Directors in the year. The 2018 scheme has lapsed, with no element of vesting.

CFO % 
of salary
0%
36%
60%
84%
0%

CFO % 
of salary
0%
18%
30%
36%
0%

54  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Outstanding share awards
The table below sets out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards (which will vest in future years, subject to 
performance and/or continued service). 

Name of Director
Andy Hornby

Scheme
2019 LTIP

Granted
1,467,846

Exercised
–

Lapsed
–

2020 RSP1

1,494,307

2020 SAYE

34,722

Kirk Davis

2018 LTIP 1

206,203

2019 LTIP 1

627,230

2020 RSP1

876,048

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Adjusted 
Awards
As at 
27 December
2020 4
1,467,846

Exercise 
price
–

Date from which
exercisable 2 3
01.08.2022

–

–

–

34,722

51.84

01.02.2024

282,343

627,230

–

–

–

–

19.03.2021

05.04.2022

–

Expiry date
6 months 
after vesting
–

6 months 
after vesting
6 months 
after vesting
6 months 
after vesting
–

1  Details of the conditions applicable to the 2020 RSP awards can be found in the next section of this report. Details of the performance conditions for the 2019 

LTIP can also be found on page 48 of last year’s report).

2  A two year post vesting holding period applies to all net of tax shares (other than SAYE) together with a 250% of salary share ownership guideline. The 
requirement will continue to apply for 2 years post-cessation of employment (with such shares valued at the higher of the share price on departure and 
subsequently) unless the Committee exceptionally determines otherwise. To enforce such requirement, vestings from RSP awards will be lodged in escrow until 
sufficient shares are held. 

3  Date from which first exercisable and expiration of the exercise period may be impacted if the Directors are prohibited from trading in the Company’s shares at 

that time. 

4  For LTIP awards from previous years, consistent with normal practice, the shares subject to outstanding awards granted before 26 November 2018 were 
adjusted in accordance with HMRC’s standard TERPS formula. This reflects the discount to the then prevailing price at which new shares were offered to 
existing shareholders and therefore results in the same economic result for a participant as that of a shareholder participating in the rights issue. Where 
relevant, the base EPS figure for each award has been adjusted on a similar basis. No equivalent adjustment was made in respect of the 2020 private placing.

RSP awards granted during the year (audited)
During the year, the following RSP awards were granted to Executive Directors:

Executive
Andy Hornby Nil-cost Option 125% of salary 

Type of award

Basis of 
award granted

Average 
share price
at date
of grant 1
52.7p

Number
of shares
over which
award was
granted
1,494,307

Face value 
of award (£) 1
£787,500

% of face
value that
would vest
if the underpin 
conditions are 
Date of 
Date of 
Vesting 2
not met
award
50% 12.10.2020 12.10.2023

of £630,000

Kirk Davis

Nil-cost Option 125% of salary 

52.7p

876,048

£461,678

50% 12.10.2020 12.10.2023

of £369,342

1   Based on the share price following the market update on 10th July 2020.
2   Vesting subject to underpin conditions detailed below. A two-year holding period applies to any shares vesting under the RSP awards.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  55

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Details of the two underpin conditions for the 2020 RSP awards are as follows:

Underpin
The Group’s underlying performance and delivery against its strategy (which may 
change in response to cyclical and structural changes over time) is sufficient to justify 
the level of vesting having regard to such factors as the Committee considers to be 
appropriate in the round. In normal circumstances, such factors will include the 
Company’s financial performance, balance sheet strength, and performance against 
environmental, societal and corporate governance priorities set by the Committee from 
time to time.
EBITDA in FY2022 is at least £100 million (subject to adjustment for acquisitions 
or disposals)

Weighting
(% of total award)
100%

Maximum
(100% vesting) 
100%

50%

£100 million 

Participation in the SAYE Scheme
The Executive Directors participate in the SAYE Scheme on the same terms as all other employees. Details of the Executive 
Directors’ participation in the SAYE as follows: 

Executive Director
Andy Hornby
Kirk Davis

Total SAYE 
awards at 
29 December 
2019
15,968
15,968

Awards 
granted
34,722
–

Exercise price 
(price)
51.84
–

Awards 
vested 
(number)
–
–

Awards 
exercised 
(number)
–
–

Awards lapsed 
(number)
15,968
15,968

Total SAYE 
awards at 
27 December 
2020
34,722

Earliest exercise date
1 February 2024

–

–

Payments on cessation of office (audited)
Andy McCue stepped down from the Board of Directors on 30 June 2019. In accordance with the terms of his service 
agreement and the Company’s Directors’ remuneration policy he received contractual payments which were detailed in full in 
the 2019 DRR. He continued to be paid his base salary for the remaining unworked notice period until 13 February 2020 and 
housing allowance until 31 July 2019. 

Payments to former Directors’ (audited)
Other than the payments made to Andy McCue, described above, no payments to former directors were made in respect of the 
2020 financial year. 

56  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)

Beneficially 
owned at 
29 December 
2019 7
144,773
232,471
58,666
34,755
0
0

Beneficially 
owned at 
27 December 
2020 7
192,763
289,050
465,897
44,755
31,680
4,536

Outstanding 
LTIP awards at 
27 December 
2020 1
–
1,467,846
909,573
–
–
–

Outstanding 
RSP awards at 
27 December 
2020 1
–
1,494,307
876,048
–
–
–

Maximum 
shares 
receivable 
under SAYE 
options at 
27 December 
2020
–
34,722
–
–
–
–

Shareholding % 
of salary at 
27 December 
2020
–
31%
85%
–
–
–

329,010
0
17,805
17,111

–
0
35,305
17,111

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

Guideline8
n/a
250%
250%
n/a
n/a
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

Director
Debbie Hewitt
Andy Hornby
Kirk Davis
Graham Clemett 
Zoe Morgan2
Alison Digges2
Past Directors
Andy McCue3
Allan Leighton4
Mike Tye5
Simon Cloke6

1.  Further details of outstanding share awards are disclosed on page 55.
2.  Appointment 1 January 2020 
3.  As at 30 June 2019, his termination date.
4.  As at 6 November 2020, his termination date.
5.  As at 6 April 2020, his termination date.
6.  As at 29 February 2020, his termination date.
7.  Beneficial interests include shares held by directly or indirectly connected persons. 
8.  Shareholding guideline increased to 250% following approval of the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy on 8 October 2020. 

The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are each required to build a holding of shares in the Company worth 
250% of salary, over a period of time. For legacy LTIP and RSP awards, Andy Hornby and Kirk Davis must retain no fewer than 
50% of the shares, net of taxes, vesting under the awards until the required shareholding is achieved. The requirement will 
continue to apply for 2 years post-cessation of employment (with such shares valued at the higher of the share price on 
departure and subsequently) unless the Committee exceptionally determines otherwise.

On 27 February 2020, Andy Hornby bought 46,579 shares in the Company. Kirk Davis bought an additional 90,343 shares 
on 26 February 2020 and 276,797 shares on 30 March 2020. Furthermore, Andy Hornby subscribed for an additional 10,000 
shares and Kirk Davis an additional 40,000 shares on 8 April 2020 concurrently with the Placing of new ordinary shares in the 
capital of the Company. As part of the Company’s all-employee Save As You Earn share scheme, Andy Hornby subscribed for 
34,722 options over ordinary shares at an option price of 51.84 pence per share on 8 December 2020. 

As at the date this report was approved by the Board, there have been no changes in respect of the numbers of shares 
presented in the table above.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  57

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
 
 
 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Performance graph and Chief Executive Officer pay
The graph below compares the Company’s TSR performance and that of the FTSE Small Cap Index over the past ten 
years, all rebased from 100. This graph shows the value, by 27 December 2020, of £100 invested in The Restaurant Group plc 
on 27 December 2010 compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE Small Cap Index. On this basis the value, as at 
27 December 2020, of £100 invested is as follows:

Total shareholder return

)

d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

)

£

(

l

e
u
a
V

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

The Restaurant Group

FTSE SmallCap

Source: Datastream (Thomson Reuters)

02 Jan 11 01 Jan 12 30 Dec 12 29 Dec 13

28 Dec 14

27 Dec 15
Year-end

01Jan 17 31 Dec 17

30 Dec 18 29 Dec 19

27 Dec 20

Andrew Page

Danny Breithaupt

Andy McCue

Andy Hornby

2011

2012

2013

£’000
Total 
remuneration 4,241 3,070 3,840
Annual bonus 1
86% 100% 100%
Annual 
LTIP vesting 1

100% 82% 93%

2014 to 
30.08.2014

2014 from 
01.09.2014

2016 to 
12.08.2016

2015

19.09.2016 
to 
01.01.2017

2019 
to 
30.06.2019

01.08.2019 
to 
29.12.2019

2017

2018

4,559
75%

913 1,429
75% 69%

100%

94% 93%

387
0%

–

242 1,116 730
20% 52% 0%

645
0%

–

n/a

n/a

0%

371
0%2

0%

to
2020

518
0%

0%

1  As a percentage of maximum.
2  The bonus as reported in the 2019 DRR was not paid. The bonus has been amended from 25% as reported last year to 0% in the above table with a resulting 

reduction in the total remuneration figure.

58  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

 
 
Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in the Directors’ salary, benefits and annual bonus between the financial year 
ended 27 December 2020 and 30 December 2019.

Andy Hornby
Kirk Davis
Debbie Hewitt
Graham Clemett
Zoe Morgan
Alison Digges
Alan Leighton
Mike Tye
Simon Cloke

Salary 
change1 
-21%
-13%
-18%
-12%
n/a
n/a
-14%
6%
-5%

Benefits 
change1
-19%
-14%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Bonus 
change 2
0%
0%
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

1  Directors’ salaries and fees take into account the voluntary waivers applied during 2020. 
2  Bonus change is calculated vs the prior year. The bonus as reported in the 2019 DRR was not paid and no bonus is payable for 2020. 
3  We have not provided a comparison with all employees in the above table. No such comparison is required as the regulations refer to employees of the parent 
company which is not a direct employer. Calculating the precise percentage change for all Group employees this year was complicated given the impact of 
Covid-19. Due to the effects of the pandemic and Government restrictions on the hospitality industry, over 95% of colleagues were on furlough for significant 
periods in 2020, during which most received 80% of their regular wages and also did not benefit from overtime or tips from customers. As a result, overall their 
remuneration fell by a similar percentage to that indicated above for the Executive Directors. In future years, we intend to include a comparison with all employees.

Chief Executive Officer to employee pay ratio
The table below shows how the CEO’s single figure remuneration taking into account the voluntary pay reduction throughout 
2020 (as taken from the single figure remuneration table on page 53) compares to equivalent single figure remuneration for 
full-time equivalent UK employees, ranked at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile. 

Financial year
2019
2020

Method
Option A
Option A

25th percentile 
pay ratio
38 : 1
23 : 1

Median 
pay ratio
33 : 1
23 : 1

75th percentile 
pay ratio
28 : 1
20 : 1

Notes to the CEO to employee pay ratio:
1.  The Committee notes the general preference of institutional shareholders for companies to use statutory Method A and 
prepared the calculations on that basis. For 2020, given the mandatory shutdown of our restaurants and pubs at various 
times due to Covid-19, Option A includes over 12,000 employees who were placed on furlough under the Coronavirus Job 
Retention Scheme (CJRS) scheme during the year. The CEO’s remuneration takes into account the CEO’s waiver of salary 
during 2020 (40% from 1 April 2020 to 30 June 2020 and 20% thereafter). 

2.  The CEO’s remuneration has been adjusted to reflect the waiver/non-payment of the 2019 bonus.

3.  Employee pay data is based on full time equivalent pay for UK employees as at 27 December 2020. For each employee, 

total pay is calculated in line with the single figure methodology.

4.  Chief Executive Officer pay is as per the single total figure of remuneration for 2020, as disclosed on page 53.

5.  No calculation adjustments or assumptions have been made.

6.  The Committee has considered the pay data for the three individuals identified for 2020 and believes that it fairly reflects pay 

at the relevant quartiles among the UK employee population.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  59

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

7.  The Committee believes the median pay ratio for 2020 to be consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for the 
UK employees taken as a whole because the majority of our employees are based in our restaurants and pubs and there is 
a high level of consistency in terms and conditions with structured pay bands. During 2020, our team members would have 
been in receipt of furlough payments due restaurant closures and reduced trading, this will impact how the earnings levels 
compare to 2019. 

8.  Any employee who worked less than full time hours was factored up using the full time contracted hours for the role to 

calculate their FTE to allow a like-for-like comparison and does not take into account the effect of furlough arrangements on 
the relevant employee’s pay. 

9.  For 2019, as required by the reporting regulations, the figures above reflect the pay and benefits of the two individuals who 

undertook the CEO role during the year (Andy Hornby and Andy McCue). Accordingly, the CEO data reflects only 11 months 
of a CEO within role. 

10. For 2020, the CEO ratio does not represent a typical year – our employees will have had periods of furlough and flexible 

furlough during the course of the year. The Chief Executive Officer waived 40% of pay from April to the end of June and 20% 
from July to December. 

The total pay and benefits and the salary component of total pay and benefits for the employee at each of the 25th percentile, 
the median and the 75th percentile are shown below:

Year
2019
2020

25th 
percentile
£23,550
£21,765

Salary

Median
£27,003
£22,389

Total pay and benefits

75th 
percentile
£31,846
£24,960

25th 
percentile
£23,985
£22,318

Median
£27,597
£22,649

75th 
percentile
£32,546
£25,578

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows the Company’s actual spend on pay (for all employees) relative to dividends.

£m
Staff costs 1
Dividends 2
(Loss)/Profit for the year2

2019
392.7
10.3
58.3

2020
187.7
–
(75.5)

% change
(52%)
(100%)
(230%)

1  Note 5 in the financial statements. The change reflects the addition of Wagamama to the group and the like-for-like equivalent is (8.3%). 2020 figures are shown 

gross including the furlough costs.

2  Dividends and profit for the financial year are as reported for the trading business and exclude any exceptional items.

Appointments outside the Group
Executive Directors are entitled to accept appointments outside the Company or Group (subject to Board approval); and there 
is no requirement for Directors to remit any fees to The Restaurant Group plc. Neither of the Executive Directors currently has 
any outside directorships.

Additional information
Andy Hornby and Kirk Davis both have a service contract with an indefinite term which is subject to twelve months’ notice by 
either party. In respect of both the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, in the event of early termination by the 
Company, the Company shall make a payment in lieu of notice equivalent to twelve months of base salary only. There are no 
provisions in respect of change of control within either contract.

60  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Consideration by the Directors of matters relating to Directors’ remuneration
The Committee is constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code and comprises three 
independent Non-Executive Directors in addition to the Company Chairman. Zoe Morgan and Alison Digges were appointed from 
January 2020 and became members of the Committee thus ensuring full compliance with the Code requirement. Zoe Morgan 
became the Committee Chairman from April 2020 following the resignation of Mike Tye. None of the Committee has any personal 
financial interest in the Company (other than as shareholders). 

The Committee makes recommendations to the Board. No Director is involved in any decisions about his or her own remuneration. 
In determining the Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year, the Committee consults the Non-Executive Chairman about its 
proposals. In determining the Company Chairman’s fees, the Committee (excluding the Company Chairman) consults with the 
Chief Executive and the Senior Independent Director. The Board (including the Company Chairman but excluding the Non-Executive 
Directors) determines the Non-Executive Directors’ fees.

Where relevant, the Executive Directors and Company Secretary are invited to attend meetings of the Committee, except when their 
own remuneration is being directly discussed. The Committee met ten times during the year. 

The Committee has formal terms of reference which can be viewed on the Company’s website.

FIT Remuneration Consultants (FIT), were appointed by the Committee and have acted as its independent advisers since 
December 2018. FIT provide services encompassing all elements of the remuneration packages and do not provide any other 
services to the Group during the year. Total fees paid to FIT in respect of its services in 2020 were £49,976 plus VAT (2019: £50,816).

FIT is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Code of Conduct. The Committee has reviewed the operating processes in 
place at FIT and is satisfied that the advice that it receives is objective and independent and uses its judgment when assessing 
any advice provided.

Statement of shareholder voting
The Directors’ remuneration report received the following votes from shareholders at the last AGM, held on 19 May 2020:

Directors’ remuneration report
Votes cast in favour
Votes cast against
Total votes cast
Votes withheld

420,121,3204
45,672,479
465,793,799
25,176

90.19%
9.81%
–
–

The new Directors’ Remuneration Policy was last put to shareholders at the General Meeting held on 8 October 2020 on 
a binding basis. The voting outcomes were as follows:

Directors’ remuneration policy
Votes cast in favour
Votes cast against
Total votes cast
Votes withheld

301,883,862
175,972,938
477,856,800
8,310,903

63.17%
36.83%
–
–

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  61

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy report
This report sets out the main table from the Policy Report approved by shareholders at the General Meeting held 
on 8 October 2020. All other information relating to the policy including the various scenario charts are contained in the Notice of 
GM dated 21 September 2020 available on our website.

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Basic salary Attract and retain key 

personnel of the 
right calibre.

Reflects individual 
responsibilities, skills 
and achievement of 
objectives.

Benefits

To provide market 
consistent benefits.

Pensions

Rewards sustained 
contribution.

Salary levels (and subsequent increases) 
are set based on role, experience, 
performance and consideration of the 
general workforce pay review and 
competitor pay levels.

Salaries are paid monthly.

Normally reviewed annually with any 
changes taking effect from 1 January 
or when an individual changes position 
or responsibility.

Benefits packages typically comprise a 
car (or car allowance), health insurance, 
and life assurance although other 
benefits may be provided where 
appropriate, including relocation and 
expatriation expenses as outlined on 
page 53 of this report.
Contribution to a personal pension plan 
(no defined benefit schemes operate) 
and/or a salary supplement (e.g. where 
HMRC limits would be exceeded). 
Going forwards, new recruits will receive 
no more than the rate from time to time 
applicable to the majority of staff.

Opportunity
No prescribed 
maximum annual 
increase. The 
Committee is guided 
by the general 
increase for the 
Company’s general 
workforce, but on 
occasions may need 
to recognise, for 
example, an increase 
in the scale, scope 
or responsibility of 
the role.
No maximum limit.

Up to 20% of base 
salary for incumbents. 
New Executive 
Directors will receive 
no more than the rate 
from time to time 
available to the 
majority of staff.

Performance metrics
None.

None.

None.

62  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Opportunity
Maximum of 150% 
of base salary.

Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Annual bonus Rewards the 

achievement of annual 
financial targets and 
other key performance 
indicators, depending 
on job responsibilities, 
which are aligned to 
the strategic needs of 
the business.

Bonus level is determined by the 
Committee after the year-end based on 
performance conditions typically drawn 
up at the start of the financial year.

50% of any bonus is payable in cash.

50% of any bonus is deferred in shares 
or nil-cost options with awards normally 
vesting after a three-year period. Not 
pensionable.

A malus and clawback mechanism 
operates. The Committee has the 
authority to apply a malus adjustment to 
all, or a portion of, an outstanding award 
in specific circumstances. The 
Committee also has the authority to 
recover (clawback) all, or a portion of, 
amounts already paid in specific 
circumstances and within a defined 
timeframe. These provisions apply to 
both the cash and deferred elements 
of the annual bonus. 

Performance metrics
Normally based on a 
one year performance 
period.

The annual bonus 
is subject to the 
achievement of 
stretching performance 
measures. Financial 
measures will account 
for the majority, normally 
based on Group 
Adjusted profit before 
tax or an alternative 
profit measure.

The Committee may 
vary the metrics and 
weightings from year 
to year according to 
Group strategy.

The Committee retains 
the ability to override 
the out-turn to reduce 
such payment if it does 
not consider the 
out-turn to be 
appropriate in all the 
circumstances.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  63

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ remuneration report continued

Restricted 
Share Plan 
(RSP)

Purpose and link to strategy Operation
Promotes achievement 
of long-term strategic 
objectives of increasing 
shareholder value and 
aligning the interests of 
participants with those 
of long-term 
shareholders.

Annual grant of Conditional Awards 
calculated as a proportion of base 
salary. The 2020 grant will be calculated 
using a share price of 52.7p (being the 
prevailing price on the date of the last 
market update prior to consulting with 
shareholders on the RSP). Subsequent 
grants will use the price prevailing at or 
shortly prior to grant (typically based on 
a 5-day average).

Opportunity
Maximum of 125% 
of salary

A malus and clawback mechanism 
operates. The Committee has the 
authority to apply this mechanism if, in 
the opinion of the Committee, any of the 
following has occurred:

•  a material misstatement of the 

Company’s results;

•  an error is made in any calculation or 
assessment in relation to an award; 
•  gross misconduct by a participant; 
•  any other adverse circumstances 

materially impacting the reputation of 
the Group or

•  an insolvency of the Company.

Save As You 
Earn scheme 
(SAYE)

Encourages employee 
share ownership and 
therefore increases 
alignment with 
shareholders.

HMRC approved plan under which 
eligible employees are able to purchase 
shares under a three-year savings 
contract at a discount of up to 20% of 
market value at grant.

Prevailing 
HMRC limits.

Provides tax advantages to UK 
employees.

Performance metrics
The level of vesting will 
be dependent upon the 
Committee confirming 
whether any underpin 
has been met as at 
the third anniversary 
of grant.

All awards to Executive 
Directors will be subject 
to the underpin that the 
Committee is satisfied 
that the Award should 
vest and may be 
reduced if it feels that 
there has been 
unsatisfactory financial, 
personal or other 
performance over 
the period.

In addition, grants in 
2020 will be subject to 
the additional 
requirement, in respect 
of 50% of the award, 
that EBITDA in 2022 is 
at least £100m (with 
EBITDA assessed by 
the Committee and 
adjusted for acquisitions 
and disposals).
None.

64  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2019
64  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Shareholding 
guidelines

Purpose and link to strategy Operation
Increase alignment with 
shareholders.

Executive Directors must build up and 
maintain a shareholding equivalent to 
250% of base salary. 

Opportunity
N/A

Performance metrics
None.

Requirement to retain no fewer than 
50% of the net of tax shares vesting 
under an RSP (or legacy LTIP) 
award until the required shareholding 
is achieved.

The requirement will continue to apply 
for 2 years post-cessation of 
employment (with such shares valued 
at the higher of the share price on 
departure and subsequently) unless 
the Committee exceptionally 
determines otherwise. 

To enforce such requirement, vestings 
from RSP awards will be lodged in 
escrow until sufficient shares are held. 
Fees are normally reviewed annually. 
Fees are paid in cash.

Chairman is paid a single fee. Non-
Executive Directors are paid a base fee. 
A Committee Chair fee and a Senior 
Independent Director fee is payable to 
reflect additional responsibility. 

The Chairman and the Non-Executive 
Directors are entitled to reimbursement 
of reasonable expenses including any 
tax due on such payments. They may 
also receive limited travel or 
accommodation-related benefits in 
connection with their role as a Director. 

Non-
executive 
Directors’ 
fees

Attract and retain a 
high-calibre Chairman 
and Non-Executive 
Directors by offering 
market-competitive 
fee levels.

Reflects fees paid by 
similarly sized 
companies.

Reflects time 
commitments and 
responsibilities of 
each role.

None.

The Group’s Articles 
of Association place 
a limit on the 
aggregate annual 
fees of the Non-
Executive Directors 
of £650,000.

As per Executive 
Directors, there is no 
prescribed maximum 
annual increase. 

The Committee is 
guided by the 
general increase in 
the Non-Executive 
Director market and 
for the broader UK 
employee population 
but on occasion may 
need to recognise, 
for example, an 
increase in the 
scale, scope or 
responsibility of 
the role.

This report was approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:

Zoe Morgan
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 

10 March 2021

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  65

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ report

The Directors present their annual report together with the 
audited financial statements of the Company and the Group 
for the year ended 27 December 2020 with comparative 
information for the year ended 29 December 2019.

Articles
The Company’s Articles may only be amended by special 
resolution and are available on the Company’s website at 
www.trgplc.com/investors/corporate-governance.

The Directors’ report comprises these pages 66 to 68 and the 
other sections and pages of the Annual Report and Accounts 
cross-referred to below, which are incorporated by reference. 
As permitted by legislation, certain disclosures normally 
included in the Directors’ report have instead been integrated 
into the Strategic report (pages 04 to 27).

Results and dividends
The results for the year are set out in the consolidated income 
statement on page 83. This shows a Group Adjusted loss 
after tax of £87.5m (2019: profit of £58.3m). After charging 
exceptional items, the Group recorded a statutory loss after 
tax of £75.5m (2019: loss after tax of £40.4m). 

Greenhouse gas reporting
The disclosures concerning greenhouse gas emissions are 
included in the Corporate social responsibility report on 
page 25.

Disabled employees
The Company’s policy towards disabled employees is included 
in the Corporate social responsibility report on page 22.

Employee participation
The action taken during the year in relation to employee 
participation is included in the Corporate social responsibility 
report on pages 20 to 27.

The closing mid-market price of the ordinary shares on 
24 December 2020 (the last trading day before 27 December 
2020) was 67.3p and the range during the financial year was 
20.3p to 167.7p.

Employee benefit trust (EBT) and share awards
Details of the Company’s EBT arrangements can be found 
on page 124 (note 22). Dividends on shares held by the EBT 
are waived.

For more information on the Company’s dividends, see Note 10 
on page 113 and the Directors have currently suspended 
payment of dividends.

The Company has an all employee Save As You Earn 
scheme and a Long-Term Incentive scheme. Details of 
share-based payments during the year can be found on 
pages 125 to 127 (note 23).

For definitions of the Adjusted Performance Metrics used by 
the Group and how these reconcile to statutory measures, see 
the glossary on page 143.

Substantial shareholdings
Details of substantial shareholdings can be found on page 37.

Directors and Directors’ interests
The names of all persons who were Directors of the Company 
during the year can be found on page 30. Directors’ interests 
in the shares of the Company can be found on page 57.

Directors’ and officers’ liability (‘D&O’) insurance 
and indemnities
The Company maintains directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance. Details of the D&O insurance maintained by the 
Company can be found on page 32. Deeds were executed in 
2019 indemnifying each of the Directors of the Company as a 
supplement to the D&O insurance cover. Similar deeds have 
been executed for Directors who joined since that date and for 
Directors of subsidiary companies. The indemnities, which 
constitute a qualifying third-party indemnity provision as 
defined by section 234 of the Companies Act 2006, were in 
force during the 2020 financial year and remain in force for 
all current and past Directors of the Company from 2019. 

Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it will be able to 
continue as a going concern while looking to maximise returns 
to shareholders. The capital structure of the Group consists of 
equity (comprising issued share capital, other reserves and 
retained earnings), borrowings and cash and cash equivalents. 
The Group monitors its capital structure on a regular basis 
through cash flow projections and consideration of the cost 
of financing its capital.

The Group is normally subject to externally imposed capital 
requirements in respect of its bank loan. The Group is required 
to maintain a required net debt to EBITDA ratio and EBITDA to 
net interest charge ratio. However, due to the unprecedented 
impact of Covid-19 on the financial performance of the 
business, the Group has received covenant waivers from its 
lending group from June 2020 to September 2021. Due to the 
re-financing, these covenants will not be tested again and will 
be replaced by the covenants on the new debt facilities, as 
described below. The Group is subject to a minimum liquidity 

66  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

requirement of £50m instead. The revised requirement is 
monitored as part of the Group’s capital management process.

On 1 March 2021, the Group announced the refinancing of the 
business, details of this are below. 

Details of the Company’s share capital structure can be found 
on page 36.

Financial instruments and financial risk management
The Group’s policy on the use of financial instruments is set 
out in note 27 to the financial statements. The Group’s 
financial instruments and financial risk management are set 
out in note 27 to the financial statements.

Significant agreements and change of control provisions
The Group has total banking facilities of £245m. This is broken 
down as follows:

•  Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) of £160m in place until 

June 2022

•  CLBILS loan of £50m in place until June 2022; and

•  A Super Senior RCF to the Wagamama bond of £35m, 
which reduces to £20m in June 2021 and expires in 
December 2021.

In addition, the Group has a high-yield bond of £225m repayable 
in July 2022. Both are subject to change of control provisions.

The margin (on interest rates) applied to the revolving credit 
facility is dependent on the ratio of net debt to EBITDA. The 
banking facility covenants are normally tested twice a year but 
were removed in 2020 and instead the Group has been 
subject to a minimum liquidity requirement of £50m. The 
Group remained within its banking facility requirements 
throughout 2020.

On 1 March 2021, the Group announced it had successfully 
signed commitments in relation to £500 million of new debt 
facilities, which comprises a £380 million Term Loan Facility, and 
a £120 million Super Senior Revolving Credit Facility. The New 
Facilities provide the Group with enhanced liquidity and 
long-term financing with the maturities of the Term Loan and 
the RCF being in 2026 and 2025, respectively. 

Following the utilisation of the new facilities, the Group’s 
financing arrangements will be simplified, as the Group will be 
consolidated into one finance group at the TRG level which will 
provide a more efficient funding structure to support the Group’s 
strategic initiatives. 

The New Facilities covenant package provides significant 
covenant headroom for an extended period. In particular, the 
Group shall be subject only to a minimum liquidity covenant 
set at £40m (versus £50m under the existing RCF) until 
31 December 2022. The RCF commences leverage testing on 
30 June 2022, and the term loan on 31 December 2022. There 
shall be no net leverage-based testing under the Term Loan until 
the period ending 31 December 2022 at which point the Group’s 
net leverage covenant (as measured on a pre-IFRS 16 basis) 
shall be set at 5.0x before decreasing every six months to 4.0x 
by the period ending 31 December 2023 and thereafter.

Both the Term Loan and the RCF are subject to a margin 
ratchet which allows the Group’s cost of debt to decrease 
according to prevailing net leverage (defined as pre IFRS 16 
net debt/EBITDA). For illustrative purposes the initial weighted 
average cost of debt is expected to be approximately 7.0%, 
which would fall to approximately 6.0% were net leverage to go 
below 2.0x (defined as pre IFRS 16 net debt/EBITDA). 
In addition, whilst the term Loan contains no contractual 
amortisation repayments, it provides flexibility to allow the Group 
to prepay the facility if desirable, with a significant proportion of 
the facility able to be prepaid without penalty in the 18 months 
following the initial drawdown.

The Group has entered into various contracts, including leases, 
during the course of ordinary business, some of which may be 
terminated in the event of a change of control of the Company.

Corporate governance
The Company’s statement on corporate governance can be 
found in the Corporate Governance report on pages 28 to 39 
of these financial statements. The Corporate Governance 
report forms part of this Directors’ report and is incorporated 
into it by cross-reference.

Disclosure of information to the external auditor
In the case of each of the persons who are Directors at the 
time the report is approved, the following applies:

•  as far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

•  the Director has taken all of the steps that he/she ought to 
have taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  67

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Directors’ report continued

Going concern
The Strategic report contains a summary of the cash flow and 
borrowing position of the Group on page 14. As noted above 
the Group has total debt facilities of £470m. At year-end the 
Group had pre-IFRS 16 net debt of £340.4m, with cash 
headroom of over £127.1m.

Information on the Group’s policies for capital risk 
management and financial risk management are set out 
above. The principal risk factors and uncertainties that could 
affect the business are detailed on page 70.

The Financial Review and Note 1 to the Financial Statements 
provide a full review of the Going Concern assessment, and 
the process undertaken to assess Going Concern. In 
summary, the Directors have concluded that the conditionality 
of the capital raise, requiring shareholder approval, represents 
a material uncertainty to the Directors’ going concern 
assessment. Management has conducted a number of 
pre-marketing meetings with investors covering over 50% of 
the share register and expects to receive shareholder approval 
for the equity raise at the forthcoming General Meeting. 
However, this is not guaranteed, and the vote may not pass. 
The Board is confident that shareholder approval will be 
obtained and therefore has a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the period to 31 March 2022, being at least the 
next twelve months from the date of approval of the Annual 
Report and Accounts. On this basis, the Directors continue 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing these accounts. 
Accordingly, these accounts do not include any adjustments 
to the carrying amount or classification of assets and liabilities 
that would result if the Group were unable to continue as 
a going concern.

By order of the Board

Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer

10 March 2021

68  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Senior Management Risk Committee

The Committee held three meetings in 2020.

Membership
The Committee’s membership comprises the Chief Financial 
Officer and not less than three other members of the senior 
management team. It currently includes the Company 
Secretary, the Group Finance Director, the Chief Information 
Officer, the Group People Director, the Group Purchasing 
Director, the Group Property Director and Head of Technical 
Safety. In addition, employees from across the business 
attend Committee meetings by invitation in order to assist 
the Committee in discharging its duties. 

Board

Overall responsibility for risk management

The Board has ultimate responsibility for ensuring 
business risks are effectively managed. 

Audit Committee

Delegated responsibility with regular review  
of risk management procedures

The Board has delegated regular review of the risk 
management procedures to the Audit Committee  
and collectively reviews the overall risk 
environment on an annual basis. 

The Risk Committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer 
and is normally required to meet at least four times a year. 
However, given the emerging risks relating to Covid-19 during 
2020 the Committee only formally met on three occasions. In 
2020, the Group risks were proactively managed through a 
weekly meeting established to guide the Group through the 
pandemic. A risk report is tabled at the subsequent Audit 
Committee meeting and the Chief Financial Officer reports 
to the Audit Committee on the Committee’s proceedings.

Risk management process
Each business unit or functional area of the Group is 
responsible for identifying and assessing its risks at least 
quarterly. This process identifies the gross risk, the likelihood 
of occurrence, mitigating controls in place and the potential 
impact on the Group. The Risk Committee formally reviews 
the divisional/functional risk registers to form the consolidated 
view of the Group’s principal risks.

Given that some risks are external and not fully within our 
control, the risk management processes are designed to 
manage risks, so far as commercially possible, which may 
have a material impact on our business, rather than to fully 
mitigate all risks.

Risk appetite
The UK Corporate Governance Code (2018) requires 
companies to determine their risk appetite in terms of the 
nature and extent of the principal risks faced and those they 
are willing to take in achieving strategic objectives. The Board 
regularly assesses the risks faced by the business and 
consider these when setting the business model and strategic 
objectives for the Group to ensure the business operates 
within appropriate risk parameters.

Risk Committee

Responsibility, review and management of individual 
business risks; aggregation of Group risk register

Emerging risk
The Committee also reviews emerging risks, such as the 
coronavirus outbreak, to ensure that appropriate steps are 
taken at the right time.

The Risk Committee is responsible for governance over 
the Company’s risk management processes, monitoring 
and assessing the effectiveness of the internal financial 
controls and risk management systems and reporting 
on risk management and risk exposures. 

Principal risk factors
Set out below is a list of what the Directors, in conjunction with 
the Risk Committee, consider to be the current principal risks 
of the Group together with the mitigation plans and risk 
management strategy. This list is not presumed to be 
exhaustive and is, by its very nature, subject to change.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  69

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Senior Management Risk Committee continued

Risk
Covid-19 (risk of further waves)
•  Risk of extensive local lockdowns or national lockdown 

Mitigating factors
•  Operational processes developed and rolled out to react to any 

Covid-19 infections among team members.

•  Sites amended to become Covid-safe with additional signage, 

PPE and enhanced cleaning procedures.

•  High-level plans in place should local or national closure be required.
•  Significant cash facilities available to support during any 

national lockdown.

•  Debt advisor appointed to support refinancing plans.
•  Refinancing completed for £500m of new debt facilities that will be 

drawn no later than 31 May 2021.

•  Clear Allergen policies and procedures established across all 

business operations.

•  Detailed database built up by ingredient/supplier and testing of 

database including physical verification.

•  Allergen training refreshed as part of the reopening training and 
completed by all restaurant employees across all businesses. 

•  Allergy advice on menus with daily updates to source data.
•  Implementation of a new recruitment process to ensure the quality 

of hiring is improved. 

•  Continued improvement of onboarding and induction process 

focused on the first 90 days of employment to improve 
employee engagement.

•  All essential products are dual sourced.
•  Regular monitoring of all logistics partners and key suppliers 

to monitor performance.

•  Proactive contractor performance management reviews.
•  Supply contracts in place with all key suppliers for a minimum 

of 24 months.

•  Regular supplier visits by Group Technical and Buying teams 

to check operations and procedures.

•  Random DNA checks carried out on a monthly basis with all 
processed products checked a minimum of once per year. 
•  Contingency plans in place for supply chain and suppliers.
•  Plans developed with our supply partners to increase stock 

holdings for key product lines to provide between one to three 
months contingency where practical.

•  Dual sourcing of all key products and identification of substitute 

ingredients on key dishes to manage potential short-term 
availability issue.

•  Suppliers have plans in place to protect availability in the short term.
•  Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) v3.2 

annual compliance certification process.

•  ASV scans and penetration tests, and remediation.

due to Government action.

Refinancing of Group debt
•  Risk of failure to successfully refinance Group debt 

before expiry in June 2022 which would compromise 
the financial position of the Group.

Allergens
•  Risk of guests suffering from failure to deliver our 

allergens policies and procedures, or inaccurate or 
insufficient information provided to guests 
concerning allergens.

Talent attraction and retention
•  Failure to attract, retain, or develop Chefs, GMs, and 

senior managers.

Supply chain management 
•  Risk of loss of key suppliers, jeopardising supply 

and availability.

•  Risk that the distribution network is unable to meet 

the demands of our restaurants.

Brexit risk to supply chain
•  Risk of product shortages and/or delays causing loss 
of revenue, customer’s satisfaction and reputation.

Cybersecurity
•  Risk of cybersecurity failure or incident leading to data 

loss, disruption of services, fines and trading or 
reputational damage.

70  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Directors’ responsibility statements

Financial statements and accounting records
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare the 
Group financial statements in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006, and the parent company financial 
statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards and applicable law), including Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (‘FRS 101’). 
Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or 
loss of the Company for that period.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company, 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included on 
the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that Directors:

Disclosure and Transparency Rules
The Board confirms that to the best of its knowledge:

•  properly select and apply accounting policies;

•  present information, including accounting policies, in a 

manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information;

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 
specific requirements in international financial reporting 
standards (IFRSs) adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) 
No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union are 
insufficient to enable users to understand the impact of 
particular transactions, other events and conditions on the 
entity’s financial position and financial performance; and

•  make an assessment of the Company’s ability to continue 

as a going concern.

In preparing the Parent Company financial statements, the 
Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

•  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have 

•  the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, give a true and 
fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit 
or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole; and

•  the strategic report includes a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description 
of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face.

UK Corporate Governance Code
The Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide the necessary 
information for shareholders to assess the Company’s 
performance, business model and strategy.

For and on behalf of the Board.

Andy Hornby 
Chief Executive Officer 

Kirk Davis
Chief Financial Officer

been followed; and

10 March 2021 

10 March 2021

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  71

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Independent auditor’s report
to the members of The Restaurant Group plc

Opinion
In our opinion:

•  The Restaurant Group plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) 
give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 27 December 2020 and of the 
group’s loss for the period then ended;

•  the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union; 

•  the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 

Accepted Accounting Practice; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of The Restaurant Group plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘group’) 
for the period ended 27 December 2020 which comprise:

Group
Consolidated balance sheet as at 27 December 2020
Consolidated income statement for the period then ended
Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period 
then ended
Consolidated statement of cash flows for the period 
then ended
Related notes 1 to 32 to the financial statements, including 
a summary of significant accounting policies

Parent company
Balance sheet as at 27 December 2020
Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended
Related to notes 1 to 6 to the financial statements including 
a summary of significant accounting policies 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law 
and International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and International 
Financial Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. The 
financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable 
law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’ (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We are independent of the group and company in accordance with the ethical requirements 
that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Material uncertainty related to going concern
We draw attention to note 1 in the financial statements, which indicates that the ability of the group and company to continue as 
a going concern is subject to a material uncertainty in relation to the capital raise, which is conditional on shareholder approval. 
As stated in note 1, this represents a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on the group and parent company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter. 

72  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

We draw attention to the viability statement in the Annual Report on page 16, where the viability statement is made on the 
assumption that the same capital raise is successful. The Directors consider that the material uncertainty referred to in respect 
of going concern may cast significant doubt over the future viability of the group and company should the capital raise not 
complete. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group and parent 
company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included the following:

•  We assessed the risk around going concern at the interim review and again at the planning and year-end phases of the audit.

•  We confirmed our understanding of the group’s going concern assessment process as well as the review process over the 

going concern model and management’s related Board memoranda.

•  The audit engagement partner increased his time directing and supervising the audit procedures on going concern and 
utilised corporate finance specialists to assist in assessing the integrity of the model and the assumptions employed.

•  We discussed with management and its advisers the prospect of the capital raise being supported by sufficient shareholders 

and reviewed the relevant underwriting terms.

•  We obtained draft and final copies of funding agreements and agreed the terms to the going concern model.

•  We assessed the adequacy of the going concern review period to the end of March 2022, considering whether any events or 

conditions foreseeable after the period indicated a longer review period would be appropriate.

•  We obtained cash flow forecast models used by the Board in its assessment, checked their arithmetical accuracy and 
assessed the group’s historical forecasting accuracy to determine if it was sufficient for the going concern assessment.

•  We considered the adequacy of liquidity headroom as per the base and stress case forecasts and applied a sensitivity analysis.

•  We challenged the support for the level of government assistance included in the projections and agreed this to government 

announcements or applied a downside sensitivity where these were not announced.

•  We assessed the group’s forecast banking covenant compliance and other obligations through to the end of the review period.

•  With the assistance of our economics modelling team we assessed whether the assumptions included within the base and 

stress cases over the duration of national lockdown and subsequent restrictions, and trading recovery, were within a 
reasonable range.

•  We considered for management’s stress case whether the downside risks modelled were sufficiently severe in the context of 

the government’s announcements on the roadmap and related assistance for the hospitality sector, and our economic 
forecasting team’s views.

•  We considered management’s reverse stress test which breached liquidity and covenant headroom, specifically whether 

these scenarios had a remote possibility of occurring.

•  We assessed management’s ability to execute feasible mitigating actions available to respond to the downside scenario 

based on our understanding of the group and sector.

•  We assessed the appropriateness of the going concern disclosures in describing the risks associated with the group’s ability 

to continue as a going concern for the review period to the end of March 2022.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  73

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Independent auditor’s report continued

We reported to the Audit Committee that we had successfully performed the above procedures. In addition, we highlighted that 
the assessment of going concern was based on a full drawdown of the term loan and that therefore any variations from this at 
the time of drawdown or subsequent early repayments are assumed to be managed by the Board in a manner so as to maintain 
similar levels of headroom. 

In relation to the group and parent company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we 
have nothing material to add or draw attention to in respect of the directors’ identification in the financial statements of the 
material uncertainty over the capital raise, which is conditional on shareholder approval, for the going concern review period 
to the end of March 2022.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report. However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the 
group’s or company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

Overview of our audit approach

Audit scope

•  We performed an audit of the complete financial information of the group’s restaurant, 

concession and pub operations

•  Our full scope procedures covered 100% of profit before tax and exceptional items, 

100% of revenue and 100% of total assets of the group.

Key audit matters

•  Going concern
•  Impairment of tangible and intangible assets
•  Implementation of IFRS 16 Leases 
•  Management override in the recognition of revenue

Materiality

•  Overall group materiality of £2.8m (2019: £3.6m). We used professional judgement 

to determine materiality given the impact of Covid-19 on the group’s relevant 
materiality measures.

An overview of the scope of the parent company and group audits 
Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit 
scope for each company within the group. Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial 
statements. We take into account size, risk profile, the organisation of the group and effectiveness of group wide controls, 
changes in the business environment and other factors when assessing the level of work to be performed at each component.

The group’s operations are almost entirely based within the United Kingdom, with a small franchise operation (and JV interest) 
outside of the UK but all accounted for within the UK.

We performed an audit of the complete financial information of the group’s two components (2019: three components): 

1.  Wagamama

2.  Leisure restaurants, concessions and pub operations 

All accounted for in its London offices. 

Our full scope procedures covered 100% of profit before tax and exceptional items, 100% of revenue and 100% of total assets 
of the group (2019: same coverage). We obtained an understanding of the entity-level controls of the group which assisted us in 
identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement due to fraud or error, as well as assisting us in determining the most 
appropriate audit strategy. 

74  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Changes from the prior year and Covid-19 
In the current year the pub operations that were previously operated from the group’s Chester office were transferred to the 
London office and therefore there are only two components this year compared to three in 2019.

Our audit was conducted largely remotely replacing face to face interactions with video-conference sessions of increasing 
frequency as the audit progressed. All audit evidence was recorded in electronic form on our audit systems. However, we did 
attend a sample of five physical stocktakes as at 27 December 2020. The Senior Statutory Auditor and the Senior Audit 
Manager attended two physical Audit Committee meetings between lockdowns.

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these 
matters. In addition to the matter described in the material uncertainty related to going concern section, we have determined the 
matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report.

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee

Based on our audit 
procedures we have 
concluded the impairment 
charge and reversal credit 
are appropriately 
determined. We highlighted 
that a reasonably possible 
change in certain key 
assumptions including sales 
forecasts and risk 
adjustment factors could 
lead to material additional 
impairment charges or 
reversals in the future. We 
concluded appropriate 
disclosures had been 
included by management 
for the above assumptions. 

Risk

Our response to the risk

Impairment of tangible and 
intangible assets 
Refer to the Audit Committee Report 
(page 42); Accounting policies (page 
101); and Note 14 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements (pages 118-119)
At 27 December 2020 the carrying 
value of tangible and intangible 
non-current assets was £1,277.0m 
(2019: £953.7m). £578.6m (2019: 
£593.1m) which relate to indefinite life 
intangible assets (Wagamama 
trademark), goodwill, franchise 
agreements and software and IT 
development. The increase in tangible 
assets in the current year is a result of 
right of use assets of £368.9m being 
recognised following the adoption 
of IFRS 16. 
Impairment for tangible assets is tested 
on the basis of each individual cash 
generating unit (CGU) – an individual 
restaurant or pub site or multiple sites 
that are in close proximity such as 
airports where trading is interdependent. 
For intangible assets the testing is 
performed at the relevant group of 
CGUs that benefit from the from the 
goodwill or other intangible asset.

We gained an understanding through a walkthrough 
of the process and controls management has in place 
over the impairment process.
We validated that the methodology of the impairment 
exercise continues to be consistent with the 
requirements of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets, 
including appropriate identification of cash generating 
units for value in use calculations.
We confirmed the mathematical accuracy of 
the models. 
Below we summarise the procedures performed in 
relation to the key judgements for the tangible (PP&E 
and ROUA) and intangible assets impairment review:
•  We analysed management’s forecasts underlying 
the impairment review against past and current 
performance and future economic forecasts 
incorporating a Covid-19 impact on the hospitality 
sector in the UK. 

•  We compared the expectation of performance 

of restaurant and pub sites reopening to the recent 
government announcements and other external 
market indicators of economic recovery such as 
forecast GDP growth and UK restaurant and pubs 
industry growth rates, searching for contrary evidence.

•  We critically challenged and assessed the 

reasonableness of management’s recovery 
assumptions and post-Covid-19 assumptions with 
the assistance of our EY internal economics 
modeling specialist. 

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  75

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Independent auditor’s report continued

Risk

Our response to the risk

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee

Impairment of tangible and 
intangible assets continued
This is a significant risk due to the 
scale of the carrying value of the 
assets being assessed and the level of 
management judgement required in 
the assumptions determining the 
impairment assessment. There were 
indicators of impairment across the 
group following Covid-19 national 
lockdowns and restrictions in the UK, 
and indicators of impairment reversals 
at certain sites which have improved 
trading prospects as a result of revised 
assumptions including through 
restructured rent obligations and 
revised opening plans.
The main assumptions are revenue 
during Covid-19 restrictions, revenue 
recovery post Covid-19, related cost 
profile, discount rate and the long-term 
growth rate. 
In the current year, owing to the 
downturn in forecast performance 
across the group an impairment 
charge of £143.0m (£31.2m in relation 
to property, plant and equipment 
(PP&E), £121.7m of right of use assets 
(ROUA) and disposal of £14.5m in 
relation to intangible assets) was 
recognised. [In addition there was an 
impairment reversal of £9.9m arising 
as a result of re-assessed 
trading prospects.

•  We also performed sensitivity analysis based on 

reasonable possible changes to key assumptions 
determined by management being revenue, 
discount rate and long-term growth rate. We 
assessed that the reasonably possible change 
assumptions applied by management were 
appropriate by reference to the ranges determined 
by our work.

•  We engaged our EY internal specialists to 

independently calculate the discount rate and 
compare it to the discount rate applied in the 
models by management.

•  We assessed if there were indicators of impairment 
reversal given the restructure of the rent base and 
the change in plans for some sites; and assessed 
management’s estimate of the reversal value, 
challenging whether the risk factor adjustments 
applied to the calculation reasonably reflected the 
considerable uncertainties surrounding the 
prospects for the relevant sites. 

•  We assessed the disclosures to the financial 

statements against the requirements of IAS 36 
Impairment of Assets, in particular the requirement 
to disclose further sensitivities for CGUs where a 
reasonably possible change in a key assumption 
would cause an impairment. We also assessed the 
related exceptional item accounting treatment by 
reference to the company’s accounting policy, 
industry practice and the FRC guidance.

Scope of our procedures
We performed full scope audit procedures on the 
impairment exercise carried out on all of the group’s 
tangible and intangible assets with the single group 
integrated team.

76  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee

Based on our audit 
procedures performed we 
conclude the key estimates 
and judgements 
underpinning the 
implementation of IFRS 16 
and the disclosures made 
are appropriate. 

Risk

Our response to the risk

Implementation of IFRS 16 Leases
Refer to the Audit Committee Report 
(page 42); Accounting policies 
(page 91); and Note 12 and Note 19 
of the Consolidated Financial 
Statements (page 116 and page 121)
The implementation of IFRS 16 
resulted in a £933.4m of lease liability 
and £819.5m of right of use asset 
being recognised at the date of 
transition. The accounting of IFRS 16 
is complex and requires a number of 
estimates, the most significant of 
which is the discount rate to apply to 
each lease. Further, the group has a 
high volume of leases, some of which 
have had significant changes in the 
year as a result of corporate 
restructuring and Covid-19 rent 
re-negotiations with landlords and 
there is a significant risk that the lease 
liability and corresponding right of use 
assets (ROUA) are not accounted for 
correctly to reflect these changes.

We performed the following procedures: 
•  We gained an understanding through a walkthrough 
of the process and controls management have in 
place over the implementation of IFRS 16.

•  We assessed the completeness of the population 

of leases by testing the reconciliation to the group’s 
operating lease commitments as reported in the prior 
year financial statements and by performing 
completeness procedures around the 
property database. 

•  We have assessed the appropriateness of the 
incremental borrowing rate (IBR) by reviewing 
management’s methodology with the support of our 
Corporate Treasury specialists and reperforming the 
calculations and validating with reference to 
observable market rates.

•  We challenged the key judgements and assumptions 
used by management especially in relation to the 
lease modification accounting as a result of the 
corporate restructuring activity undertaken in the year 
and the Covid-19 rent concessions agreed with 
landlords. These include the remeasurement of the 
lease liabilities and corresponding right of use asset 
under the revised contractual lease terms discounted 
at an updated IBR rate. 

•  For a sample of leases we recalculated the lease 

liability and the corresponding ROUA.

•  We compared the disclosures provided in the 
financial statements on the impact of IFRS 16 
to the disclosure requirements of IFRS 16.

Scope of our procedures 
We performed full scope audit procedures over all 
leases in the group, with the work performed by the 
group integrated team.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  77

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Independent auditor’s report continued

Key observations communicated 
to the Audit Committee

We concluded that revenue 
was reasonably stated.
We did not identify any 
instances of management 
override in relation to 
revenue.

Risk

Our response to the risk

Management override in the 
recognition of revenue (2020: 
£459.8m; 2019: 1,073.1m)
Refer to the Accounting policies (page 
102); and Note 3 of the Consolidated 
Financial Statements (page 106)
There is a presumption within auditing 
standards that revenue recognition is a 
significant risk and a fraud risk. TRG’s 
revenue is typically comprised of a large 
number of low value and non-complex 
transactions, with no judgement applied 
over the amount recorded. 
Thus, we consider the risk relating to 
revenue to be around management 
override of controls and topside 
journals to revenue across the 
restaurant, concession and pub 
portfolio, resulting in revenue being 
overstated or sales not recorded.

•  We gained an understanding through a walkthrough 
of the process and controls, including IT elements, 
that management has in place over the recording 
of revenue, including the recording of top side 
journal adjustments. 

•  We applied correlation data analysis over the 

group’s entire revenue journal population to identify 
how much of the group’s revenue is converted to 
cash postings and to isolate non-standard revenue 
transactions for further analysis, focusing our testing 
on higher risk transactions identified.

•  We identified any topside journals to revenue and 
obtained corroborative evidence to support them. 

•  We performed cut-off testing procedures including 

review of post period end cash receipts and 
journals, and an analytical review of significant 
variances to last year, to assess for completeness.

Scope of our procedures 
We performed full scope audit procedures over all of 
the group’s revenue, as performed by the integrated 
group audit team.

In the prior year, our auditor’s report included a key audit matter in relation to onerous lease provisions which is no longer relevant 
following the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases. Where an onerous lease would have been recognised under the previous accounting 
standard, this will instead be assessed as an impairment of the right of use asset in accordance with IFRS 16 Leases. 

Our application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on 
the audit and in forming our audit opinion. 

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and 
extent of our audit procedures.

We determined materiality for the group to be £2.8 million (2019: £3.6m million), which represents our professional judgement 
based on the relevant metrics used by investors and other users of the financial statements. In 2019 we used 5% of profit before 
taxation and exceptional items. Materiality in 2020 was based on our judgement of normalised earnings of the group. To form 
the basis of this assessment we have considered the average profit before exceptionals and tax for financial years 2017-2019 
(including Wagamama pre-acquisition). We then reduced this figure by 30% given the 2020 restructuring of the estate to arrive 
at our view of the normalised earnings of the business.

78  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

We determined materiality for the parent company to be £5.0million (2019: £9.5m million), which is 1% of (2019: 2%) of equity. The 
parent company had a higher materiality than the group as the basis of determining materiality was different. The parent company 
is a non-trading entity and as such, equity is the most relevant measure to the stakeholders of the entity. We applied the lower end 
of the range in calculating materiality as there were changes in the business environment driven by external financing.

During the course of our audit, we reassessed initial materiality to reflect the impact of Covid-19 on The Restaurant Group plc. 
We concluded that no change is required to our final materiality. 

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level. It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low 
level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the group’s overall control environment, our judgement 
was that performance materiality was 50% (2019: 50%) of our planning materiality, namely £1.4m (2019: £1.8m). We have set 
performance materiality at this percentage reflecting the incidence of audit differences identified in the previous year.

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts 
is undertaken based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component is 
based on the relative scale and risk of the component to the group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement 
at that component. In the current year, the range of performance materiality allocated to component was £0.7m to £0.8m 
(2019: £0.7m to £1.2m).

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of £0.1m 
(2019: £0.2m), which is set at 5% of planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted 
reporting on qualitative grounds. 

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light 
of other relevant qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated 
in this report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  79

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Independent auditor’s report continued

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and 

•  the strategic report and directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit

Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of 
the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the group and company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified for our review.

Aside from the impact of the matters disclosed in the material uncertainty related to going concern section, based on the work 
undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance Statement 
is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material 

uncertainties identified set out on page 14;

•  Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the 

period is appropriate set out on page 16;

•  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 71;

•  Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 16;

•  The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems 

set out on page 36 and;

•  The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on page 40

80  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 71, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as 
the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group and parent company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements. 

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to 
fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for 
example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below. However, the 
primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the company 
and management. 

•  We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the group and determined that the 

most significant are Companies Act 2006, Health & Safety and food hygiene laws, Minimum Wage regulations, Money 
Laundering regulations and the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018. 

•  We understood how The Restaurant Group plc is complying with those frameworks by making enquires of management and 
those responsible for legal and compliance procedures, including the Company Secretary. We corroborated our enquires 
through our review of board minutes, papers provided to the Audit and Risk Committees and correspondence received from 
regulatory bodies. 

•  We assessed the susceptibility of the group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur 

by meeting with management within various part of the business to understand where they considered there was susceptibility 
to fraud. We also considered performance targets and their influence on efforts made by management to manage earnings or 
influence the perception of analysts. Where the risk was considered to be higher, we performed audit procedures to address 
each identified fraud risk. These procedures included testing manual journals and were designed to provide reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements were free from fraud or error. 

•  Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations 

that could create a material error in the financial statements. Forensic specialists assisted us in designing our audit approach 
and verified our identified risks. Our procedures included a review of board minutes to identify noncompliance with laws and 
regulations, a review of the reporting to the Audit Committee on compliance and regulations, enquires of the Company 
Secretary and management and journal entry review. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  81

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Independent auditor’s report continued

Other matters we are required to address 
•  The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and 

we remain independent of the group and the parent company in conducting the audit. 

•  The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are 
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept 
or assume responsibility to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Bob Forsyth (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor

London
10 March 2021

82  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Consolidated income statement

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross (loss)/profit

Share of results of associate
Administration costs

52 Weeks ended 27 December 2020

52 Weeks ended 29 December 2019*

Trading
business
£’000
459,773 

Exceptional 
items
(Note 6)**
£’000
– 

Total
£’000
459,773 

Trading 
business
£’000
1,073,052

Exceptional 
items 
(Note 6) 
£’000
–

Total 
£’000
1,073,052

(470,597)

(32,518)

(503,115)

(930,566)

(117,894)

(1,048,460)

(10,824)

(32,518)

(43,342)

142,486

(117,894)

24,592

(623)
(38,264)

– 
(7,614)

(623)
(45,878)

–
(51,393)

–
6,068

–
(45,325)

Note
3

4

31

Operating (loss)/profit

(49,711)

(40,132)

(89,843)

91,093

(111,826)

(20,733)

Interest payable
Interest receivable

(Loss)/profit on ordinary 
activities before tax

Tax on profit/(loss) from 
ordinary activities

7
7

(38,145)
400 

– 
– 

(38,145)
400 

(16,660)
98

–
–

(16,660)
98

(87,456)

(40,132)

(127,588)

74,531

(111,826)

(37,295)

8

12,004

(4,304)

7,700

(16,260)

13,149

(3,111)

(Loss)/profit for the year

(75,452)

(44,436)

(119,888)

58,271

(98,677)

(40,406)

Other comprehensive income that may be reclassified to  
profit or loss in subsequent periods
Foreign exchange differences 
arising on consolidation
Total comprehensive (loss)/
income for the year

(75,361)

91

– 

91

578

–

578

(44,436)

(119,797)

58,849

(98,677)

(39,828)

(Loss)/earnings per share 
(pence)
Rights adjusted basic
Rights adjusted diluted

9
9

(13.4)
(13.4)

–
–

(21.3)
(21.3)

11.9
11.9

–
–

(8.2)
(8.2)

EBITDA***

53,450 

102,788 

156,238 

136,743

(6,038)

130,705

Depreciation, amortisation 
and impairment

(103,161)

(142,920)

(246,081)

(45,650)

(105,788)

(151,438)

Operating (loss)/profit

(49,711)

(40,132)

(89,843)

91,093

(111,826)

(20,733)

* The income statement for the period to 27 December 2020 reflects the adoption of IFRS 16 during the period, but 
comparatives have not been restated. For a description of the impact, refer to note 1

** Exceptional Items include charges and gains in relation to impairment, closure, restructuring, integration and professional fees

*** EBITDA is defined as Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  83

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheet

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Right of use assets*
Property, plant and equipment
Net investment in subleases*
Fair value lease assets*

Current assets
Inventory
Other receivables
Net investment in subleases*
Prepayments
Cash and cash equivalents
Assets of disposal group held for sale 
Corporation tax debtor

Total assets

Current liabilities
Overdraft
Trade and other payables
Corporation tax liabilities
Provisions
Lease liabilities*
Liabilities of disposal group help for sale

Net current liabilities

84  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Note

11
12
13
19

16
19

25
15

17

18
19
15

At 
27 December
2020
£’000

At 
29 December
2019
£’000

599,493 
368,888 
305,614 
3,022 
– 
1,277,017 

5,124 
15,544 
600 
8,795 
40,724 
– 
89
70,876 

616,787
–
335,710
–
1,211
953,708

9,274
21,924
–
26,088
49,756
4,081
–
111,123

1,347,893 

1,064,831

– 
(116,727)
– 
(4,258)
(91,478)
– 
(212,463)

(9,950)
(188,287)
(6,210)
(14,549)
–
(4,081)
(223,077)

(141,587)

(111,954)

Long-term borrowings
Other payables 
Fair value lease liabilities*
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liabilities*
Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

Note

26
27
19
20
19
18

At 
27 December
2020
£’000

At 
29 December
2019
£’000

(381,118)
(1,321)
– 
(40,704)
(392,310)
(8,347)
(823,800)

(323,822)
(26,077)
(9,605)
(42,007)
–
(38,344)
(439,855)

(1,036,263)

(662,932)

311,630

401,899

21

22,23

165,880 
276,634 
(3,896)
(126,988)
311,630

138,234
249,686
(5,921)
19,900
401,899

* The Group has implemented IFRS 16 during the period, resulting in the recognition of lease assets and liabilities in 2020 and 
removal of certain lines but without any restatement of comparative periods. Further details are given in note 1. 

The financial statements of The Restaurant Group plc (company registration number SC030343) on pages 83 to 135 were 
approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 10 March 2021 and were signed on its behalf by:

Andy Hornby (CEO) 

Kirk Davis (CFO)

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  85

 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Balance at 31 December 2018 

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the period 
Dividends
Share-based payments – credit to equity
Deferred tax on share-based payments taken 
directly to other reserves

Share
capital
£’ 000
138,234

Share
premium
£’000
249,686

Other
reserves
£’000
(7,158)

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
578
578
–
576

83

Retained
earnings
£’000
77,830

(40,406)
–
(40,406)
(17,524)
–

Total
£’000
458,592

(40,406)
578
(39,828)
(17,524)
576

–

83

Note

10

20

Balance at 29 December 2019

138,234

249,686

(5,921)

19,900

401,899

Adjustment for IFRS 16 transition
Balance at 30 December 2019 (revised)
Loss for the year
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the 
period

Share issue
Share-based payments – credit to equity
Deferred tax on share-based payments taken 
directly to other reserves

–
138,234
–
–

–
249,686
–
–

–
(5,921)
–
91

(27,000)
(7,100)
(119,888)
–

(27,000)
374,899
(119,888)
91

–

–

91

(119,888)

(119,797)

27,646
–

26,948
–

–
2,016

20

–

–

(82)

–
–

–

54,594
2,016

(82)

Balance at 27 December 2020

165,880

276,634

(3,896)

(126,988)

311,630

Other reserves represents the Group’s share-based payment transactions, foreign currency translation reserve, shares held by 
the employee benefit trust and treasury shares held by the Group.

86  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Consolidated cash flow statement

Operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Interest received
Interest paid
Corporation tax repayment/(paid)
Payment against provisions*
Payment on exceptionals
Net cash flows from operating activities

Investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Investment in associate
Net cash flows from investing activities

Financing activities
Net proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital
Repayment of obligations under leases*
Repayment of overdraft
Repayment of borrowings
Drawdown of borrowings
Drawdown of overdraft
Upfront loan facility fee paid
Dividends paid to shareholders
Decrease in obligations under finance leases
Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
Foreign exchange movement in cash

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Note

24

16
6

13
11

21
19
25
25
25
25
25
10
25

25

52 weeks 
ended 
27 December 
2020
£’000

52 weeks 
ended 
29 December 
2019
£’000

3,216
173 
(15,679)
5,111 
– 
(34,860)
(42,039)

(37,387)
(1,883)
3,343 
(623)
(36,550)

54,593 
(30,777)
(9,950)
(24,000)
80,611 
– 
(934)
– 
– 
69,543

140,501
98
(14,638)
(10,252)
(12,642)
(28,464)
74,603

(75,972)
(2,334)
27,325
–
(50,981)

–
–
–
(32,000)
–
9,950
–
(17,524)
(170)
(39,744)

(9,046)

(16,122)

49,756 
14 

65,903
(25)

40,724 

49,756

* The Group has adopted IFRS 16 in the period, but without any restatement of comparative periods. The presentation of cash 
payments above has therefore changed for certain lines. Refer to note 1 for a description of the impact of IFRS 16.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  87

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated accounts
for the year ended 27 December 2020

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts

Significant accounting policies
The Restaurant Group plc (the ‘Company’) is a public listed company incorporated and registered in Scotland. The consolidated 
financial statements of the Group for the year ended 27 December 2020 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together 
referred to as the ‘Group’). The principal activity of the Group during the period continued to be the operation of restaurants. 

(a) Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and in accordance with international financial reporting standards adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

The impact of Brexit and the end of the transition period on 27 December 2020 on our business was an important consideration 
for the Board throughout 2020, especially given the uncertainty throughout the year as to whether a binding agreement would 
be reached between the UK and the EU and the terms of any future trading relationship. The Board was particularly aware of 
the potential impact on our business, our customers, employees and our suppliers of a ‘no deal’ scenario and ensured that the 
Group had in place appropriate arrangements and contingency plans.

(b) Going concern basis
The Directors have adopted the going concern basis in preparing these accounts after assessing the Group’s principal risks 
including the risks arising from Covid-19. 

The outbreak of Covid-19 and its continuing impact on the economy, and specifically the hospitality sector, casts uncertainty as 
to the future financial performance and cash flows of the Group. When assessing the ability of the Group to continue as a going 
concern the Directors have considered the Group’s financing arrangements, likely trading patterns through the recovery, and the 
possibility of future lockdowns or social restrictions. Management has taken significant actions as outlined in the Business 
Review to create a covid-safe restaurant experience to protect both our colleagues and customers.

The Group had committed facilities of £470.0m at 27 December 2020 consisting:

•  £225.0m high-yield bond expiring July 2022; 

•  £160.0m TRG plc RCF and £50.0m of Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme (CLBILS) loans expiring 

June 2022; and

•  £35.0m Wagamama super senior RCF, reducing to £32.5m in July 2021, reducing again to £20.0m in October 2021, and 

expiring in December 2021.

During 2020, the Group raised additional financing and flexibility in the form of: 

•  an equity placing, which raised net proceeds of £54.6 million; 

•  accessed £50.0m of CLBILS loans with Lloyds Banking Group, with a maturity of 30 June 2022; 

•  a £15.0m increase in the Wagamama super senior RCF; and

•  extended the existing TRG plc RCF term by 6 months to 30 June 2022 and agreed a covenant waiver for June and 

December 2020. 

88  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

Since the year-end, the Group has: 

•  agreed a new £500.0m package of debt facilities consisting of a £380.0m term loan expiring in 2026, and a £120.0m super senior 

Revolving Credit Facility expiring in 2025. These new facilities are subject to a Minimum Liquidity Requirement of £40.0m until 
31 December 2022 and leverage covenant tests which begin in June 2022 for the RCF and December 2022 for the term loan. 
The Group is required to draw on the new term loan before the end of May 2021, in a single once-only drawdown of between 
£230.0m and £380.0m, simultaneously repaying the existing RCF, CLBILS and bond debt. The term loan and RCF drawdowns 
are subject to customary conditions and a change in control clause, all of which are under the control of the Directors.

•  obtained covenant waivers for the current TRG and Wagamama super senior RCF through to September 2021; and 

•  announced an underwritten capital raise through a firm placing, and placing and open offer for £175.0m. 

In undertaking a going concern review, the Directors have reviewed financial projections to 31 March 2022 (the review period) 
containing both the base case and a severe stress case. In both cases, it is assumed that the capital raise announced on 
10 March 2021 is successful, however this is subject to shareholder approval in the General Meeting on 29 March 2021. If this 
is not approved then the Group is forecasting a breach under the stress case of the Minimum Liquidity Requirement within the 
review period. In the base case scenario this covenant is not breached. Management has conducted a series of pre-marketing 
meetings with investors covering over 50% of the share register and has received positive support for indications of their intention 
to subscribe for shares. However, this is not guaranteed, and the vote may not pass at the General Meeting. If approval was not 
obtained, the Group would aim to take a number of co-ordinated actions designed to avoid a covenant breach, including further 
discussions with its landlords, selective disposal of assets, further cost reduction programmes, or other commercial actions. 

In both scenarios presented below it is assumed that all of the £380.0m term loan facility will be drawn down. The exact amount will 
be determined by the Board taking relevant factors into account on drawdown with the objective of maintaining similar levels of cash 
headroom based on the forecast cash flows at the time. The gross proceeds of the underwritten capital raise of approximately 
£175.0m as announced on 10 March 2021 and which is subject to shareholder approval have also been included in both forecasts.

Base case forecast
Management have prepared the Group’s base case forecast, in which the current national lockdown is forecast to continue until 
17 May 2021, and the business is then operating under social restrictions (in line with October 2020) until the end of July 2021. 
However, the Concessions business is forecast to recover much more slowly due to the greater uncertainty on restrictions for 
international travel. 

In the base case forecast, at the lowest point, total cash facilities are £191.4m and after taking account of the minimum liquidity 
requirement of £40.0m, available facilities do not go below £151.4m. The key judgement in this forecast is the length of the 
restrictions placed on hospitality, and the level of sales throughout both the national lockdowns, social restrictions and the 
subsequent recovery.

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  89

 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

Stress case scenario
Management have also prepared a stress case, which reflects a severe but plausible scenario and assumes the current national 
lockdown is forecast to continue until 17 May 2021, and the business is then operating under social restrictions (in line with 
October 2020) until the end of December 2021. Whilst this is significantly worse than the ‘Road to Recovery’ announced by the 
UK government on 22 February 2021, the Directors considered it necessary to plan for the potential scenario that the recovery 
is significantly delayed. In addition, due to restrictions on international travel, the Concessions business is also forecast to be 
closed completely during 2021. The projections assume that whilst there are social restrictions which impact our ability to trade 
normally, the UK Government will continue to provide support via the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme. Whilst this has 
currently been announced as ending in September 2021, the projections assume this will be extended to protect employment 
if required. The VAT reduction to 5% and business rates relief has been forecast during the period of national lockdown. 

In this scenario total cash facilities are £173.9m and after taking account of the minimum liquidity requirement of £40.0m, available 
facilities do not go below £133.9m. This scenario does not take account of further mitigations under management’s control such as 
interest deferral under the term loan structure or further cost and capital expenditure savings.

Conclusion
The Directors have concluded that the conditionality of the capital raise, requiring shareholder approval at the General Meeting 
on 29 March 2021, represents a material uncertainty which may cast significant doubt on the group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern. The Board is confident that shareholder approval will be obtained and therefore has a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the period to 31 March 2022, being at least the next twelve 
months from the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts. On this basis, the Directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing these accounts. Accordingly, these accounts do not include any adjustments to the carrying amount or 
classification of assets and liabilities that would result if the Group were unable to continue as a going concern.

(c) Basis of preparation
The financial year runs to a Sunday within seven days of 31 December each year which will be a 52 or 53 week period. The year 
ended 27 December 2020 was a 52 week period, with the comparative year to 29 December 2019 being a 52 week period.

The financial statements are presented in pound sterling, rounded to the nearest thousand. They have been prepared on the 
historical cost basis.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The 
estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making the judgements about carrying values of 
assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised 
in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and future 
periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Future accounting policies
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, there is expected to be no material impact to the Group’s financial 
statements from IFRSs, IFRICs or other standards or interpretations that have been issued but which are not yet effective.

90  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
At the date of authorisation off these financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that 
have been issued but are not yet effective and had not yet been adopted by the UK Endorsement Board:

•  Amendments to IFRS 3(effective date 1 January 2020)

•  Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 (effective date 1 January 2020)

•  Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (effective date 1 January 2020)

•  IBOR Phase 2 (effective date 1 January 2021)

•  Covid-19 related Rent Concessions – Amendments to IFRS 16 (effective date 1 June 2020)

•  Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use – Amendments to IAS 16 (effective date 1 January 2022)

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial 
statements of the Group in future years.

Changes in accounting policies
During the year, the Group has introduced a policy on government grants and implemented IFRS 16 “Leases”. Details of these 
are given below.

Government grants
Government grants are recognised where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received, and all attached 
conditions will be complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognised as income on a systematic basis 
over the periods that the related costs, for which it is intended to compensate, are expensed.

During the period, the Group benefited from receipts from the UK government under the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme 
(CJRS) of £123.5m. In accordance with IAS 20, amounts received were presented as a deduction to the employment costs 
upon which CJRS claims had been based. 

The Group also benefitted from Business Rates Relief and the £50.0m Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme 
(CLBILS), with a maturity date of June 2022.

IFRS 16 “Leases”
The Group has adopted IFRS 16 “Leases” on 30 December 2019. This new standard introduces a comprehensive model for the 
identification of lease arrangements and accounting treatments for both lessors and lessees and supersedes the previous lease 
guidance including IAS 17 “Leases” and related interpretations.

IFRS 16 distinguishes leases from service contracts on the basis of control of an identified asset. For lessees, it removes the 
previous accounting distinction between (off-balance sheet) operating leases and (on-balance sheet) finance leases and 
introduces a single model recognising a lease liability and corresponding right of use asset for all leases except for short-term 
leases and leases of low-value assets. For lessors, IFRS 16 substantially retains existing accounting requirements and continues 
to require classification of leases either as operating or finance in nature.

Group as lessee
The Company recognises a right of use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right of use asset is 
initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or 
before the commencement date.

Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease 
agreements do not impose any covenants other than security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased 
assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  91

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

a) Right of use assets
Right of use assets are initially measured at the value of the corresponding lease liability and subsequently adjusted for 
depreciation and for any remeasurement of the lease liability as noted above. As is the case for other categories of assets, they 
may be assessed for impairment where required by IAS 36. As described later in this note, applicable pre-existing rent accruals 
and prepayments were included in assets on transition to IFRS 16.

The right of use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of 
the end of the useful life of the right of use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful lives of right of use assets are 
in line with the remaining lease term.

b) Lease liabilities
Lease liabilities under IFRS 16 are initially recorded at the present value of future lease payments (discounted using the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate, which we estimate with reference to our debt facilities and observed bond yields). 

Lease liabilities include the net present value of fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease 
incentives receivable and variable payments, which might be linked to sales generated.

Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate but depend on sales or usage of the underlying asset are 
excluded from the lease liability measurement and recognised as expenses in the period in which the event or condition that 
triggers the payment occurs. Liabilities are subsequently adjusted for deemed interest charges and payments. Variable payment 
terms are used for a variety of reasons and dependent on turnover levels.

Lease liabilities may be recalculated in some situations as stipulated by IFRS 16, including where the terms of a lease are 
modified, which can also result in a separate lease being recognised. It is remeasured when there is a change in future lease 
payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be 
payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, 
extension or termination option. Such changes to the amount of the lease liability will be also reflected in the corresponding right 
of use asset, except where a reduction in the asset would result in a negative outcome, in which case the asset’s value is 
reduced to nil and the residual credit recorded in profit or loss.

c) Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group has elected not to recognise right of use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have a lease term of 
12 months or less and leases of low-value assets, including IT equipment. The Company recognises the lease payments 
associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Group operates a number of freehold sites but its estate is predominantly leasehold and the implementation of IFRS 16 has 
therefore led to a substantial change in balance sheet outcomes, with material new assets and liabilities being recorded to 
reflect rental agreements that were previously not recorded in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

Although the great majority of rental payments to landlords are now accounted for as payments to reduce lease liabilities, 
there remain some circumstances where rental payments continue to be accounted for as rental costs in the same fashion as 
previously; these include variable or turnover-contingent rents and also rentals for leases with a term of less than 12 months, 
in line with the requirements of IFRS 16.

In determining the lease term and assessing the length of the non-cancellable period of a lease, an entity shall apply the 
definition of a contract and determine the period for which the contract is enforceable. A lease is no longer enforceable when 
the lessee and lessor each has the right to terminate the lease without permission from the other party with no more than an 
insignificant penalty.

92  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

All the leasehold contracts that the Group enter into are for a finite and fixed period of time, however some of the contracts have 
break dates which unilaterally permit the Group to terminate the contract at a date that is earlier than normal contractual term end 
date, based on an estimate of lease term on inception. For the purposes of the preparation of the IFRS 16 numbers, the Group 
have identified a number of leases where use of the break date can been utilised based on an estimate of lease term on inception 
and notice period. The reason for the option to utilise the break date and potentially terminate the contracts early is due to the 
underlying trading performance of the identified restaurants which don’t fulfil the commercial viability required by the Group. The 
impact of a decision to end leasehold contracts earlier than the contractual term would be to reduce the recognised IFRS 16 right 
of use asset and liability, as the future contractual payments, and subsequent discounting to present value, are curtailed in term. 

Group as lessor
The Group has a number of contractual headlease agreements in place with its landlords, giving the Group the option to 
sub-lease these properties to licensees. Under IFRS 16 the headlease has been recognised as a right of use asset and liability 
on the consolidated balance sheet, while any subleases are recognised as operating leases. This operating lease recognition is 
based on the substance of the transaction, as the sublease has a shorter tenure than the headlease and once the sublease 
ends, the use and benefit of the property returns to the Group.

Rental income from operating leases is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Initial direct costs 
incurred in negotiating and arranging an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognised 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Impact upon the Group’s results and position
The implementation of IFRS 16 has had a substantial impact on the Group’s financial captions and metrics, as below:

EBITDA and EBITDA margin 

 The removal of most rental costs and their replacement with depreciation and finance charges 
will result in substantially higher EBITDA and EBITDA margins.

Depreciation 

Depreciation will increase significantly to reflect that charged on right of use assets.

Finance expense 

 Finance expenses will increase significantly to include deemed interest costs on lease liabilities.

Profit before tax 

 There will be a significant impact over time, to reflect that the new depreciation and finance 
expenses will not likely match the rental costs they replace. Typically, profits will be slightly 
lower initially due to the front-loading of finance charges, but equalise over time.

EPS 

A marginal impact on EPS is expected, in line with profit before tax.

Gross assets and liabilities 

 Gross assets and liabilities will both increase by comparable (but not normally 
identical) amounts.

Net assets 

Net debt 

 Net assets have reduced to reflect the impairment of certain right of use assets on transition. 
This adjustment is recorded in equity, as shown in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

 Although net debt for lender covenant purposes will continue to be measured on the former 
(IAS 17) basis, we have chosen to present this KPI inclusive of liabilities under IFRS 16. As a 
result, Net debt and its ratio to EBITDA will be different.

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  93

 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

Transition from IAS 17 to IFRS 16
IFRS 16 provides a choice of two transition approaches, which are often termed “full retrospective” and “modified retrospective”. 
The Group has chosen to apply the modified retrospective approach, with the effect that the Group’s lease portfolio has been 
assessed and accounted for on transition under IFRS 16 but with the application of some practical expedients and without any 
restatement of comparative results, disclosures or balances. Therefore, the comparative information has not been restated and 
continues to be reported under IAS 17.

Upon transition, the Group’s lease liabilities have been measured based upon the estimated remaining term and discounted 
based upon the Group’s incremental borrowing rate on the date of implementation. IFRS 16 provides a choice between two 
methods in accounting for right of use assets on transition:

•  Assets may be measured at an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease 

payments; or

•  Assets may be measured as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the beginning of each lease, applying however the transition-

date discount rate

The majority of right of use assets have been measured initially to match their corresponding liability. For a small number, the 
Group has calculated a value based on historical lease activity. As a result of this and transition-dated prepayments and 
accruals, the initial asset and initial liability are not equal on 27 December 2020 and the difference is presented as an adjustment 
to equity as required by IFRS 16.

The Group has taken into account the practical expedients included within IFRS 16, as detailed below:

•  Reliance on the previous identification of a lease (as defined by IAS 17) for all contracts that existed at the date of 

initial application;

•  Reliance on previous assessment of whether leases are onerous instead of performing an impairment review;

•  Accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at the transition date as short-term 
leases excluded from the scope of IFRS 16 (rental payments associated with these leases are recognised in the Income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease); and

•  Accounting for operating leases for low-value items as excluded from the scope of IFRS 16.

94  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

Financial position at 30 December 2019
The changes set out below were reflected in the Group’s results and position on the transition date of 30 December 2019:

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant & equipment
Right of use assets
Net investment in subleases
Fair value lease assets

Current assets
Inventory
Other receivables
Net investment in subleases
Prepayments 
Cash and cash equivalents
Assets of disposal group held for sale

Total assets

Current liabilities
Overdraft
Trade and other payables
Corporation tax liabilities
Provisions
Lease liabilities
Liabilities of disposal group held for sale

Non-current liabilities
Long-term borrowings
Other payables
Fair value lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liabilities
Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets/equity

29 December 
2019
As reported
£’000

IFRS 16
£’000

30 December 
2019
£’000

616,787 
335,710 
– 
– 
1,211 
953,708 

– 
(1,932)
819,499 
9,344 
(1,211)

616,787 
333,778 
819,499 
9,344 
– 
825,700  1,779,408 

9,274 
21,924 
– 
26,088
49,756 
4,081 
111,123
1,064,831 

– 
– 
1,359 
(10,037)
– 
– 
(8,678)

9,274 
21,924 
1,359 
16,051 
49,756 
4,081 
102,445 
817,022  1,881,853 

(9,950)
(188,287)
(6,210)
(14,549)
– 
(4,081)
(223,077)

(323,822)
(26,077)
(9,605)
(42,007)
– 
(38,344)
(439,855)

– 
30,910 
– 
11,319 
(128,598)
– 
(86,369)

(9,950)
(157,377)
(6,210)
(3,230)
(128,598)
(4,081)
(309,446)

– 
– 
9,605 
2,530 
(804,849)
35,061 
(757,653)

(323,822)
(26,077)
– 
(39,477)
(804,849)
(3,283)
(1,197,508)

(662,932)

(844,022)

(1,506,954)

401,899 

(27,000)

374,899 

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  95

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 
 
 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

Whereas the value for liabilities on inception is in line with the estimate provided in the 2019 Annual Report, the value of assets is 
slightly lower due to changes in the methodology applied to the initial impairment of assets.

Right of use assets and lease liabilities presented above do not include £35.2m of assets and £37.4m of liabilities relating to the 
US operations designated as “held for sale” at 29 December 2019, since these are adjusted to fair value on inception prior to 
disposal in January 2020.

Balances that have been adjusted on transition are as follows:

Property, plant & equipment 

 Certain lease premia had been capitalised into PP&E that are now incorporated into right 
of use assets.

Right of use assets 

Newly-recognised assets on transition.

Other receivables 

Newly-recognised net investments in sublease assets.

Fair value lease assets 

A number of lease assets at fair value are now removed and incorporated into right of use assets.

Prepayments 

Prepaid rent balances are now included in right of use assets.

Fair value lease liabilities 

A number of lease liabilities at fair value are now removed and incorporated into right of use assets.

Lease liabilities 

Newly-recognised lease liabilities.

Trade and other payables 

 Accruals for unpaid rent, rent reviews and other lease-related items are now removed and 
incorporated into right of use assets.

Provisions 

Equity 

 The majority of onerous leases related to provisions for rent and therefore are replaced by 
lease liabilities.

 Retained earnings is adjusted to take account of certain adjustments on transition (including initial 
impairment and the difference between transition assets and transition liabilities).

Reconciliation of lease liabilities to amounts previously disclosed as operating lease commitments
The liabilities recognised at 30th December 2019 can be reconciled to the operating lease commitments that were previously 
disclosed in note 24 to the 2019 Annual Report as shown below:

Undiscounted future operating lease commitments at 29th December 2019
Reclassification from finance lease
Effect of assumptions about lease terms
Effect of discounting
Reclassification to asset held for sale
Working capital adjustments
Short term & low value item exemption
IFRS 16 lease liabilities at 30th December 2019

The weighted average discount rate applied to liabilities on inception was 3.20%.

Working capital adjustments relate to adjustments for accruals and prepaid rent.

96  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

£000
1,005,952 
2,613 
149,912 
(182,250)
(32,965)
(8,273)
(1,542)
933,447 

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

Impact on financial performance in the period
The results used by the Directors to monitor and review the performance of the Group are to be prepared on an ‘underlying’ 
basis, which is based on the accounting standard IAS 17 as adjusted to show the benefit of Covid-19 related rent concessions 
in the period and a number of the key metrics used in this report are prepared on that basis. A reconciliation is provided below 
of the key differences between results under IFRS 16 and the basis used for management reporting.

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross loss
Share of result of associate
Administration costs

Operating loss
Interest payable
Interest receivable

Loss before tax

2020
Trading
Underlying
£’000
459,773 
(451,375)

8,398
(623)
(38,264)

(30,489)
(17,558)
173 

Adjustments
for IFRS 16
£’000
– 
(19,222)

(19,222)
– 
– 

(19,222)
(20,587)
227 

2020
Trading
IFRS 16
£’000
459,773 
(470,597)

(10,824)
(623)
(38,264)

(49,711)
(38,145)
400 

Exceptional
items
£’000
– 
(32,518)

(32,518)
– 
(7,614)

(40,132)
– 
– 

2020
Total
IFRS 16
£’000
459,773 
(503,115)

(43,342)
(623)
(45,878)

(89,843)
(38,145)
400 

(47,874)

(39,582)

(87,456)

(40,132)

(127,588)

EBITDA
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

8,730 
(39,219)

44,720 
(63,942)

53,450 
(103,161)

102,788 
(142,920)

156,238 
(246,081)

Operating loss

(30,489)

(19,222)

(49,711)

(40,132)

(89,843)

An explanation of the amounts in the “Exceptional items” column is provided in note 6.

The “Adjustments for IFRS 16” summarised above can be seen in the below reconciliation of trading profit before tax (excluding 
exceptional items) from the ‘Underlying’ basis to the IFRS 16 basis of accounting:

Underlying Trading loss before tax
Removal of rent expenses
Net change in depreciation
Interest charged on lease liabilities
Interest receivable on net investments in subleases
Trading loss before tax under IFRS 16

£000
(47,874)
44,720 
(63,942)
(20,587)
227 
(87,456)

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  97

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

(d) Basis of consolidation
(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company possess power over the investee, has 
exposure to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its 
returns. In assessing control, potential voting rights that presently are exercisable or convertible are taken into account, 
regardless of management’s intention to exercise that option or warrant. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included 
in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

(ii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intragroup balances and any gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions are eliminated in 
preparing the consolidated financial statements.

(e) Foreign currency
(i) Transactions and balances
Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange ruling at the date of the balance 
sheet. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. The 
resulting exchange differences are booked into reserves and reported in the consolidated income statement.

(ii) Group companies
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into sterling at the rate of exchange prevailing at 
the reporting date and their statements of profit or loss are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. 
The exchange differences arising on translation for consolidation are recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI).

(f) Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses 
(see accounting policy k). Cost is the amount of cash or cash equivalents paid or the fair value of the other consideration given 
to acquire an asset at the time of its acquisition or construction.

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of 
property, plant and equipment.

Pre-opening costs
Pre-opening costs are deferred until the site opens. On opening of the site, an analysis is performed on all costs held on the 
balance sheet for the site and split into capital and non-capital expenditure. All non-capital expenditure is recognised in the 
income statement from the date of opening. Capital expenditure is held in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over 
the useful life.

Subsequent costs
The Group recognises in the carrying amount of an item of property, plant and equipment the cost of replacing part of such an 
item when that cost is incurred if it is probable that enhanced future economic benefits embodied with the item will flow to the 
Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other costs are recognised in the income statement as an expense 
as incurred.

98  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis to the residual value over the estimated useful lives of 
each part of an item of property, plant and equipment. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Freehold land 

Freehold buildings 

Indefinite

50 years

Long and short leasehold property  Term of lease or 50 years, whichever is lower

Fixtures and equipment 

3-10 years

Motor vehicles 

Computer equipment 

4 years

3-5 years

The estimated useful lives and residual values applied are reviewed at each reporting date with any changes in estimates being 
applied prospectively.

Intangible assets – Goodwill
All business combinations are accounted for by applying the acquisition method. Goodwill represents amounts arising on 
acquisition of subsidiaries. In respect of business acquisitions that have occurred since 1 January 2004, goodwill represents the 
difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to groups of CGUs encompassing all 
sites operating under that brand, including any additional new sites. Goodwill is not subject to amortisation but is formally tested 
for impairment at least annually or when an impairment trigger has arisen (see accounting policy k).

During the year the Group revised the level at which it applied its existing accounting policy to measure impairment of indefinite 
life intangibles at the level expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, to also include new sites opened under the 
same management group or brand. This revision increased the level of headroom by 14% overall but did not avoid an 
impairment which would have otherwise been incurred.

Intangible assets – Trademarks
Trademarks represent amounts arising on acquisition of subsidiaries. Trademarks are originally recognised at fair value, and then 
are held at this value less any accumulated impairment losses. Trademarks are allocated to groups of CGUs defined by the 
original acquisition group. The Wagamama trademarks has been assessed to have an indefinite useful life and therefore is not 
subject to amortisation but are formally tested for impairment at least annually or when an impairment trigger has arisen (see 
accounting policy k).

Intangible assets – Franchise agreements
Franchise agreements represent amounts arising on acquisition of subsidiaries. Franchise agreements are stated at fair value 
less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Franchise agreements are amortised to the income 
statement using the straight-line method over 15 years, which is the shorter of their estimated useful lives and periods of 
contractual rights.

Software and IT development
Software and IT development are stated at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment 
losses. Software and IT development are amortised to the income statement using the straight-line method over three to 
five years.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  99

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

(g) Financial assets
Classification
The Group classifies its financial assets as loans and receivables. The classification depends on the purpose for which the 
financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the end of the reporting period. 
These are classified as non-current assets. The Group’s loans and receivables comprise ‘cash and cash equivalents’ and ‘other 
receivables’ in the balance sheet.

Other receivables are amounts due from suppliers or sub tenants in the ordinary course of business. Other receivables are 
recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision 
for impairment (see accounting policy k).

Recognition and measurement
Financial assets are recognised when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provisions for impairment. Impairment of 
financial assets is based on management’s estimate of future cash inflows.

Offsetting financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable 
right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and liability 
simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal 
course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the company or the counterparty.

(h) Financial liabilities – Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at 
amortised cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the 
income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Fees paid on the establishment of loan facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable 
that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. This is also applicable to fees for amendments to the loan facilities.

In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw-down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all 
of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a pre-payment for liquidity services and amortised over the period of 
the facility to which it relates.

(i) Inventory
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined in accordance with the weighted average 
inventory costing model, including applicable commercial discounts. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the 
ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling expenses.

(j) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise bank balances, cash balances on hand and in restaurants, and cash-in-transit for credit 
care transactions or delivery sales received within 72 working hours. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form 
an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose 
of the statement of cash flows.

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short term deposits are made for varying 
periods of between one day and three months, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest 
at the respective short term deposit rates.

100 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

(k) Impairment
The Group formally determines whether the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and Right of use assets (RoUA) 
are impaired by considering indicators of impairment annually. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount 
of an asset or its CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. This requires the Group to determine the lowest level of assets which 
generate largely independent cash flows and to determine their recoverable amount, based on estimating the value-in-use or 
the fair value less cost of disposal of these assets or CGUs; and compare these to their carrying value. Impairment losses for 
property, plant and equipment are recognised in the income statement.

Impairment losses recognised in prior periods for property, plant and equipment or RoUA shall be reversed where there is an 
indication that the impairment no longer exists. Where an impairment reversal is recognised, the carrying amount of the asset will be 
increased to its recoverable amount with the increase being recognised in the income statement. This increased amount cannot 
exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the 
asset in prior years.

For goodwill and assets that have an indefinite useful life, the recoverable amount is estimated annually. Goodwill impairment 
losses are recognised in the income statement and are not subsequently reversed. All goodwill stated on the balance sheet 
relates to the acquisition of Blubeckers Limited, Brunning and Price Limited, Wagamama (Mabel Topco Limited), and Ribble 
Valley Inns Limited. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units 
expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

(l) Share-based payment transactions
The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes. These schemes allow Group employees to acquire shares of 
the Company and all options are equity-settled. The fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee expense with a 
corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The Stochastic, Black-Scholes and Finnerty valuation models are 
used to measure the fair value of the options granted. The type of award and conditions attached to the award determine which 
valuation model is used. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options that are 
expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions and service conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to 
original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

(m) Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a 
past event, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, 
provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money.

(n) Onerous lease provisions
A provision for onerous leases is recognised when the expected benefits to be derived by the Group from a lease are lower than 
the unavoidable cost of meeting its obligations under the lease. The Group provides for its onerous obligations under operating 
leases where the property is closed or vacant, and for properties where the fixed cost is in excess of income. The amount 
provided is based on the lowest net cost of exiting the contract. Estimates have been made with respect to the time to exit, 
sublet or cover the fixed cost base, along with other associated exit costs as well as an evaluation of the cost of void period 
prior to sublet and the value of lease incentive which may be required to be paid as part of the sublet process.

(o) Deferred and current tax
Corporation tax payable is provided on the taxable profit at the current rate. Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all 
temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date, except to the extent that the deferred tax 
arises from the initial recognition of goodwill. Temporary differences are differences between the carrying amount of the Group’s 
assets and liabilities and their tax base.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 101

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the temporary differences are 
expected to reverse based on tax rates and laws that are enacted, or substantively enacted, by the balance sheet date. 
Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis.

(p) Pensions
The Group makes contributions for eligible workers into defined contribution pension plans and these contributions are charged 
to the income statement as they are accrued. The Group does not operate any defined benefit plans.

(q) Revenue
Revenue represents invoiced sales from restaurants, pubs and concession sites, including food and beverages and both dine-in and 
delivery sales (excluding value added tax and voluntary gratuities left by customers for the benefit of employees), and is recognised 
at the point of completion of a transaction with a customer. Commission payable on delivery is recognised in cost of sales.

Where the Group operates a concession unit under a franchise agreement, it acts as principal in this trading arrangement. All 
revenue from franchise arrangements is recognised by the Group at the point of sale, and licensing fees are recognised in cost 
of sales as the goods are sold.

Where the Group acts as a franchisor in a trading relationship, franchise fees comprise ongoing royalties based on the sales 
results of the franchisee and up front initial site and territory fees. Royalty revenue is accrued in line with reported sales 
performance once revenue can be reliably measured. Upfront initial site and territory fees are deferred and recognised on 
opening of the associated franchisee restaurant.

(r) Other income – rental income
Rental income is derived from sites where the Group is the lessor. Rental income is recognised in the income statement 
as earned. Provisions are made for any expected credit losses. Where any lease incentives are provided to the lessee (such 
as rent-free periods), such incentives are accounted for as a reduction in lease income over the lease term. 

(s) Expenses
Borrowing costs
Debt is stated net of borrowing costs which are spread over the term of the loan. All other borrowings costs are recognised in 
the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

Commercial discount
Commercial discounts represent a reduction in cost of goods and services in accordance with negotiated supplier contracts, 
the majority of which are based on purchase volumes. Commercial discounts are recognised in the period in which they are 
earned and to the extent that any variable targets have been achieved in that financial period.

Exceptional items
In order to illustrate the trading performance of the Group, presentation has been made of performance measures excluding 
those exceptional items which it is considered would distort the comparability of the Group’s results. Exceptional items are 
defined as those items that, by virtue of their unusual nature or size, warrant separate additional disclosure in the financial 
statements in order to fully understand the performance of the Group.

The Group’s income statement provides a reconciliation of the adjusted profitability measures, excluding exceptional items 
to the equivalent unadjusted IFRS measures. Exceptional items are then further detailed in note 6. 

102 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

(t) Dividends
In accordance with IAS 10 “Events after the Balance Sheet Date”, dividends declared after the balance sheet date are not 
recognised as a liability at that balance sheet date, and are recognised in the financial statements when they have received 
approval by shareholders.

(u) Treasury shares
Own equity instruments that are reacquired (treasury shares) are recognised at cost and deducted from equity. No gain or loss 
is recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of the Group’s own equity instruments. Any difference 
between the carrying amount and the consideration, if reissued, is recognised in the share premium.

(v) Assets Held for Sale
The Group classifies its non-current assets as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than through continuing use. Non-current assets classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their 
carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell. Classification as held for sale is only met when the sale is highly probable and 
the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the plan 
to sell the asset and the sale expected to be completed within one year from the date of the classification. 

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are not depreciated or amortised once classified as held for sale. Assets 
and liabilities classified as held for sale are presented separately as current items in the statement of financial position.

(w) Associates
An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint 
venture. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not 
control or joint control over those policies.

Associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, except when the investment is classified as held for sale, 
in which case it is accounted for in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations.

Under the equity method, an investment in an associate is accounted for using the equity method from the date on which the 
investee becomes an associate. On acquisition of the investment in an associate, any excess of the cost of the investment over 
the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the investee is recognised as goodwill, which is 
included within the carrying amount of the investment. If after reassessment the Group’s share of the net fair value of the 
identifiable assets and liabilities are in excess of the cost of the investment, this is recognised immediately in profit or loss in the 
period in which the investment is acquired.

The carrying amount of equity accounted investments is tested for impairment in accordance with the policy described in note 14.

When the Group‘s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity-accounted investee, the carrying amount of the Group‘s 
investment is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred 
legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an investee.

When the Group reduces its ownership interest in an associate but the Group continues to use the equity method, the Group 
reclassifies to profit or loss the proportion of the gain or loss that had previously been recognised in other comprehensive 
income relating to that reduction in ownership interest if that gain or loss would be reclassified to profit or loss on the disposal 
of the related assets or liabilities.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 103

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

When a Group entity transacts with an associate of the Group, profits and losses resulting from the transactions with the 
associate are recognised in the consolidated financial statements only to the extent of interests in the associate that are not 
related to the Group.

Critical accounting judgements and estimates
In the application of the Group’s accounting policies, the directors are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions. 
The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. 
Actual results may differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. 
Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that 
period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods. The most significant 
of these are below:

a) Impairment of non-current assets
As disclosed in Note 14, the impairment reviews of non-current assets require several estimates to determine the value-in-use of 
each CGU. The key estimates are in relation to the discount rate, and the calculation of the future cash flows and the longer term 
growth rate. These have been disclosed with sensitivities in Note 14.

Management have assessed CGUs as required for both impairments, and reversals of impairments, where there is an indicator 
of either.

Given the uncertainties inherent in the pandemic relating to legal and social restrictions, the availability of government support 
and customer demand current trading environment, the range of possible cashflow outcomes is wider than normal as disclosed 
in the sensitivity analysis. The future cash flows have been forecast taking into account using the ‘base case’ and ‘stress case’ 
scenarios as outlined in the Going Concern section of this note and in the Financial Review which allow for a range of possible 
trading scenarios when making estimates about the recovery following COVID. In addition to these forecasts, to recognise the 
increased uncertainty of cash flows at a CGU level, Management has applied a judgemental and appropriate risk adjustment to 
the forecast cash flows as appropriate to reflect the level of risk in differing groups of CGUs, particularly those that are subject to 
significant uncertainty as to timing or conditionality of opening, and the profile of lease cost revisions, many of which have been 
stayed for a two year period under the CVA.

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses 
may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such an indication exists, the CGU’s recoverable amount is estimated. A previously 
recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimated future cash flows used to determine the 
asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is 
increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. Such a reversal is recognised 
in the consolidated income statement. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the 
asset’s carrying amount, less any residual value, on a straight-line basis over its remaining useful life.

b) Forecast business cashflows
For purposes of the going concern assessment and as an input into the impairment assessment, the Group make estimates 
of likely future cash flows which are based on assumptions given the uncertainties involved. The assumptions include the extent 
of government restrictions and support, the recovery of the revenues through and beyond the pandemic, cost of labour and 
supplies and working capital movements. These assumptions are made by management based on recent performance, 
external forecasts and management’s knowledge and expertise of the cashflow drivers.

104 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

1 Accounting policies for the consolidated accounts continued

c) Provisions for property costs
As disclosed in Note 6, the Group has made a provision for business rates on sites that no longer have a lease liability following 
the completion of the CVA, but for which it remains liable for business rates. The Group has made an estimate of the length of 
time that it will be required to meet those rates obligations as it is expected that the landlords will take possession back of these 
sites over time. The Group has estimated that all sites will be taken back over a period of six years following the CVA and have 
made provisions accordingly.

d) Lease term
IFRS 16 defines lease term as the non-cancellable period of a lease together with options to renew or break a lease, if the lessee 
is reasonably certain to exercise that option. The assessment of lease term is a significant estimate. Where leases include an 
option to extend or reduce the lease term, the group makes a lease-by-lease assessment as to whether it is reasonably certain 
that the option will be exercised. This assessment considers the length of the time before any renewal or break option is 
exercisable, plus current and forecast site trading. Assessments for individual leases are also considered in aggregate to ensure 
consistency of approach.

e) Lease discount rate
The Group is required to make an assessment to ensure the discount rate assumptions appropriately reflected current market 
assessments of the incremental borrowing rate, to value the lease liabilities and right of use assets disclosed.

f) Indefinite useful life of Wagamama trademarks
When trademarks are acquired, the Company is required to assess the useful economic life of that trademark. The Company 
has assessed that the Wagamama trademark of £236m (2018: £236m) has an indefinite useful life, and therefore is not 
amortising this asset.

This assessment is based on an annual review of the current strength of the trademark using a set of agreed criteria which 
include LFL sales growth versus the market, Net Promoter Score and staff retention. All of these indicate that the brand 
remains relevant and demonstrates Wagamama’s relative strength in the market. In addition, the Group has committed to 
invest to maintain the brand’s market-leading position, and following the refinancing, have the required funding to deliver on 
that commitment.

g) Segmental Analysis
Management has determined the operating segments based on the information provided to the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker. The Group concluded that it has four operating segments as defined by IFRS 8 (Wagamama, Pubs, Leisure and 
Concessions). The Directors have reviewed the economic characteristics of the segments and decided that whilst there is some 
short term variability in performance during the COVID recovery, that all segments have similar economic characteristics in the 
medium to long term. Further information is given in Note 2.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 105

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

2 Segmental analysis

IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires operating segments to be based on the Group’s internal reporting to its Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM is regarded as the combined Executive team of the Chief Executive Officer, and the Chief 
Financial Officer.

The Group has four segments of:

•  Wagamama

•  Pubs

•  Leisure; and 

•  Concessions

The economic characteristics of these businesses, including Gross Margin, Net Margin, EBITDA and Sales trajectory, have been 
reviewed by the Directors along with the non-financial criteria of IFRS 8. It is the Directors’ judgment that whilst there is some 
short term variability during the Covid recovery, all segments have similar economic characteristics in the medium to long-term 
and so meet the standard’s criteria for aggregation. Consequently, no Segmental Analysis is provided.

In the prior year, the business was segmented into the ‘Leisure’ and ‘Growth’ businesses as the Leisure segment had a 
significant number of structurally unattractive sites which meant that both sales and profitability of this business were forecast to 
decline. Following the exit of these sites through the Leisure CVA, and the reduction in competition, this is no longer relevant. 
The Directors believe that all segments will grow from the 2020 base for the medium term.

Geographical Segments
The Group trades primarily within the United Kingdom. The Group operates restaurants in the United States and generates 
revenue from franchise royalties primarily in Europe and the Middle East. The segmentation between geographical location does 
not meet the quantitative thresholds and so has not been disclosed.

3 Revenue

Revenue has been generated from the operation of restaurants, with substantially all revenue generated within the United 
Kingdom. The remainder is attributable to restaurants within the United States, prior to the disposal of a controlling stake on 
31 January 2020, and franchise royalties in Europe and the Middle East.

106 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

4 Profit for the year

Profit for the year after exceptional items has been arrived at after charging/(crediting):
Amortisation (Note 11)
Depreciation on right of use asset (Note 12)
Depreciation on PPE (Note 13)
Impairment of property, plant and equipment and software (Note 11 and 13)
Impairment of right of use asset (Note 12)
Impairment on net investment in regards to sublease
Purchases of food, beverages and consumables
Inventory write downs*
Variable lease payments
Staff costs (Note 5)

Minimum lease payments**
Contingent rents**
Total operating lease rentals of land and buildings**
Rental income**
Net rental costs**

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

2,526
64,142
36,493
21,221
121,698
6,648
99,524
3,578
3,278
202,844

–
3,278
3,278
(660)
2,618

2,589
–
43,061
105,788
–
–
218,630
–
–
392,690

110,118
15,617
125,735
(2,766)
122,969

* Inventory write downs relate to amounts written down due to estate closures on account of Covid-19 restrictions, as well as the 
disposal of Food and Fuel Limited and Chiquito Limited.

**The balances stated reflects the adoption of IFRS 16 during the period, but comparatives have not been restated. For a 
description of the impact, refer to note 1.

Auditor’s remuneration:
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Group’s and Subsidiary annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Subsidiaries’ annual accounts
Total non-audit fees

Audit-related assurance services
Anticipated corporate activity
Other assurance services
Total trading non-audit fees

Total auditor’s remuneration

Non audit: Audit Ratio

2020
£’000

410
100
510

140
550
10
700

1,210

 1.4 

2019
£’000

319
100
419

40
–
25
65

484

 0.2 

Audit fees included in the above total relating to the Company are borne by a subsidiary undertaking. All of the auditor’s 
remuneration in 2020 and 2019 was expensed as administration costs.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 107

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

5 Staff costs

a) Average staff numbers during the year (including Directors)
Restaurant staff
Administration staff

b) Staff costs (including Directors) comprise*:
Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Share-based payments
Pension costs and salary supplements

c) Exceptional Staff Costs:
Severance pay

d) Directors’ remuneration
Emoluments
Salary supplements

Charge / (Credit) in respect of share-based payments

2020

2019

15,843
425
16,268

20,819
475
21,294

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

163,506
17,742
2,016
4,418
187,682

358,959
27,285
576
5,870
392,690

2020
£’000

15,162
15,162

2020
£’000

1,301
61
1,362
498
1,860

2019
£’000

870
870

2019
£’000

1,909
127
2,036
(204)
1,832

* This is a net amount after Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme payments of £123.5m. 

Further details of the Directors’ emoluments and the executive pension schemes are given in the Directors’ remuneration report 
on pages 48 to 65.

108 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

6 Exceptional items

Included within cost of sales:
– Impairment charges relating to trading sites
– Estate closure
– Disposal of assets in administration
– Onerous lease provisions in respect of closed and other sites
– Loss on assets held for sale
– Estate restructuring
– Release of other provision

Included within administration costs:
– Integration costs
– Professional fees
– Disposal of US operation
– Profit from sale of property, plant and equipment

Exceptional items before tax

Tax effect of exceptional Items

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

37,065
5,508
9,877
–
–
(18,997)
(935)
32,518

3,198
3,178
1,238
–
7,614
40,132

4,304
4,304

105,788
–
–
7,455
2,019
2,632
–
117,894

11,180
–
–
(17,248)
(6,068)
111,826

(13,149)
(13,149)

Net exceptional items for the year

44,436

98,677

Impairment charges
An impairment charge has been recorded against certain assets to reflect forecast results at several our trading sites, which is 
deemed as material and not relating to underlying trade.

This charge comprises the below adjustments:

•  An impairment of right of use assets of £21.9m (Note 14)

•  An impairment of property, plant and equipment and software of £18.5m offset by an impairment reversal of £10.0m (Note 14)

•  Expected credit losses of £6.6m in net investment assets relating to sublet properties, to reflect changes in estimated 

recoverability of amounts receivable from tenants

Further details on the impairment of non-current assets are given in Note 14.

Estate restructuring
The Group has permanently closed a significant number of sites during the year, following the impact of the coronavirus pandemic. 
As a result of these closures, the Group has recognised a number of material and non-recurring charges and credits as noted below:

•  Following the conclusion of the CVA on 29th June 2020, the reduction in lease liabilities resulted in a £193.6m exceptional 

credit during the year, offsetting the write-off of assets of £167.1m and therefore a net credit of £26.5m

•  Derecognition of right of use assets of £30.3m and lease liabilities of £51.6m due to early termination of leases, which led to 

a credit of £21.3m

•  Write-off of property, plant and equipment in closed sites of £12.7m

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 109

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

6 Exceptional items continued

•  Staff restructuring costs of £18.2m

•  Professional fees in regards to the CVA of £1.8m

•  Offset by rent concessions achieved following the impact of Covid-19 amounting to a credit of £10.6m

•  Net gains from sale of PPE which lead to a credit of £0.8m

•  A provision of £7.5m has been made for future obligations in sites that are permanently closed but for which the Group retains 

a liability to business rates

The provision for business rates mentioned above will be reviewed and remeasured in future periods and changes in the 
estimate will be reflected in exceptional items.

Estate closure
The Group has incurred a material and one-off amount of costs relating to the temporary enforced closure of our sites. Where 
these items are incremental and unrelated to continuing trading activity, we have identified them as exceptional and presented 
within the value shown above. The most significant components are:

•  Site closure costs and inventory write offs of £4.0m

•  Security costs of £1.5m

Disposal of assets in administration
The Group has disposed of two UK subsidiaries through the administration process, with no proceeds as at year end. Losses 
through administration process, including professional fees, have been presented as an exceptional item as it is deemed as 
material, one-off and non-recurring. These include:

•  A £14.5m charge relating to the disposal of goodwill relating to Food & Fuel Limited

•  A £11.5m charge relating to the disposal of property, plant and equipment

•  A £17.7m net gain relating to the disposal of £81.0m of lease liabilities and £63.3m of right of use assets

•  £1.6m of costs relating to professional fees and working capital adjustments 

Legal Provision Release
This is in relation to a provision made for legal costs in relation to a dispute which has been settled at less than initially 
anticipated, it has been deemed as exceptional due to the non-underlying nature of the event.

Integration costs
An exceptional charge of £3.2m (2019: £11.2m) has been recorded in the year in relation to the integration of Wagamama, 
relating to staff expenses, contractors, redundancy and contract exit costs, which are deemed as material and are unrelated to 
underlying trading and were part of the acquisition synergies expected from a major acquisition.

Professional fees
During the year, the Group incurred material one-off costs relating to corporate financing and restructuring activity. Since these 
costs are material, irregular and unrelated to underlying or ongoing trading, they are presented as exceptional items. The key 
items related to anticipated corporate activity (£3.0m) and attempted sale process for a number of sites (£0.2m).

Disposal of US operation
In January 2020, the Group sold a majority stake in its US operations to a third party and now accounts for these operations as 
an associate. Professional fees of £1.2m relating to the disposal are presented as exceptional owing to their material and 
non-underlying nature.

The tax effect relating to these exceptional charges was a debit of £4.3m, compared to a credit of £13.1m in 2019.

110  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

6 Exceptional items continued

In 2019, there were net impairment charges of £105.8m incurred against property, plant and equipment and software assets, as 
well as onerous lease provisions for £7.5m. There was also an impairment of assets held for sale for £2.0m, which was incurred 
relating to Wagamama US sites which were under strategic review.

In 2019, a write off of £2.6m was also made to the carrying value of the property, plant and equipment for Leisure sites which 
converted to Wagamama. 

In 2019, exceptional charges of £11.2m was recorded in relation to the integration of Wagamama and the Group also sold and 
leased back the head office building for a gain of £17.2m.

7 Net finance charges

Bank interest payable
Unwinding of discount on lease liabilities
Unwinding of discount on provisions
Amortisation of facility fees
Interest on obligations under finance leases
Other interest payable
Trading borrowing costs

Other interest receivable
Total interest receivable

Total net finance charges

8 Tax

a) The tax charge comprises:
Current tax
  UK corporation tax
  Adjustments in respect of previous years
  Foreign tax relief
  Foreign tax suffered

Deferred tax
  Origination and reversal of temporary differences
  Adjustments in respect of previous years
  Charge/(credit) in respect of rate change on deferred tax liability
  Credit in respect of fixed asset impairment

2020
£’000
15,497
20,977
15
1,620
–
36
38,145

2019
£’000
14,413
–
634
1,423
170
20
16,660

(400)
(400)

(98)
(98)

37,745

16,562

Trading
2020
£’000

Exceptional
2020
£’000

Total
2020
£’000

Total
2019
£’000

9,568
(702)
3
(24)
8,845

2,006
876
277
–
3,159

–
–
–
–
–

3,416
–
(4,833)
(2,887)
(4,304)

9,568
(702)
3
(24)
8,845

5,422
876
(4,556)
(2,887)
(1,145)

13,953
(274)
(3)
19
13,695

1,934
(1,337)
–
(11,181)
(10,584)

Total tax charge for the year

12,004

(4,304)

7,700

3,111

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  111

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

8 Tax continued

b) Factors affecting the tax charge for the year
The tax charged for the year varies from the standard UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2019: 19%) due to the following factors:

Profit/(Loss) on ordinary activities before tax

Trading
2020
£’000
(87,456)

Exceptional
2020
£’000
(40,132)

Total
2020
£’000
(127,588)

Total
2019
£’000
(37,295)

Profit on ordinary activities before tax multiplied by the standard UK 
corporation tax rate of 19% (2019: 19%)

(16,617)

(7,625)

(24,242)

(7,086)

Effects of:
Depreciation/impairment on non-qualifying assets
Expenses/(credit) not deductible for tax purposes
Movement on unrecognised deferred tax asset
(Credit)/charge in respect of rate change on deferred tax liability
Effect of overseas tax rates
Adjustment in respect of previous years
Release of tax provisions
Balances eliminated on entering administration
Profit on disposal of properties
Share options
Movement in capital loss
Total tax (credit)/charge for the year

980
729
2,407
(277)
21
(173)
–
621
–
371
(66)
(12,004)

3,938
(148)
32
4,833
–
–
–
3,274
–
–
–
4,304

4,918
581
2,439
4,556
21
(173)
–
3,895
–
371
(66)
(7,700)

10,266
1,631
1,105
–
20
(1,612)
–
–
(1,310)
97
–
3,111

The Finance (No.2) Act 2015 introduced a reduction in the main rate of corporation tax from 19% to 18% from April 2020. 
This reduction was substantively enacted on 26 October 2015.

The Finance Act 2016 introduced a further reduction in the main rate of corporation tax to 17% from April 2020. This was 
substantively enacted on 6 September 2016. 

As part of the conservative manifesto it was announced that the corporation tax rate would no longer be reduced to 17%. 
It was substantively enacted on 17 March that the main rate of corporation tax would be retained at 19% from 1 April 2020. 
The requirement to restate the deferred tax liability from 17% to 19% in the financial year 2020 has had an impact of £4.6m 
on the tax charge.

112  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

9 Earnings per share

a) Basic loss per share:
Weighted average ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share

Total loss for the year (£’000)

Basic loss per share for the year (pence)
Total loss for the year (£’000)
Effect of exceptional items on earnings for the year (£’000)
Loss excluding exceptional items (£’000)

Adjusted (loss)/earnings per share (pence)

2020

2019

562,652,429

490,904,049

(119,888)

(40,406)

(21.3)
(119,888)
44,436
(75,452)

(8.2)
(40,406)
98,677
58,271

(13.4)

11.9

b) Diluted (loss)/earnings per share:
Weighted average ordinary shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share

562,652,429

490,904,049

Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares:
Dilutive shares to be issued in respect of options granted under the share option schemes

Diluted loss per share (pence)
Adjusted diluted (loss)/earnings per share (pence)*

84,176

505,478

562,736,605

491,409,527

(21.3)
(13.4)

(8.2)
11.9

Diluted earnings per share information is based on adjusting the weighted average number of shares for the purpose of basic 
earnings per share in respect of notional share awards made to employees in regards of share option schemes and the share 
held by the employee benefit trust.

The calculation of diluted earnings per share does not assume conversion, exercise or other issue of potential ordinary shares 
that would have an antidilutive effect on earnings per share.

* The adjusted diluted earnings per share for the 52 weeks ended 29 December 2019 has been re-presented to take account of 
a correction in the calculation of dilutive shares for that period. No other measures have been affected.

10 Dividend

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders during the year:
Final dividend for the 52 weeks ended 29 December 2019 of £nil (2018: 6.80p) per share
Interim dividend for the 52 weeks ended 27 December 2020 of £nil (2019: 2.10p) per share
Total dividends paid in the year

Proposed final dividend for the 52 weeks ended 27 December 2020 of £nil (2019 actual proposed 
and paid: £nil) per share

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

–
–
–

–

7,215
10,309
17,524

–

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  113

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

11 Intangible assets

Cost
At 31 December 2018
Additions
Amounts transferred to asset held for sale
Disposals
At 29 December 2019

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 31 December 2018
Charged during the year
Impairment
Amounts transferred to asset held for sale
Disposals
At 29 December 2019

Cost
At 30 December 2019
Additions
Disposals
Reclassifications
At 27 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation
At 30 December 2019
Charged during the year
Reclassifications
Impairment (note 6)
Impairment reversals (note 14)
Disposals
At 27 December 2020

Trademarks 
and
licences
£’000

Franchise 
agreements 
£’000

Software 
and IT 
development 
£’000

Goodwill
£’000

358,717
–
(1,641)
–
357,076

–
–
–
–
–
–

236,479
–
(479)
–
236,000

–
10
–
(10)
–
–

357,076
–
(14,526)
–
342,550

236,000
–
–
–
236,000

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

21,900
–
–
–
21,900

28
1,460
–
–
–
1,488

21,900
–
–
–
21,900

1,488
1,460
–
–
–
–
2,948

2,739
2,320
–
(223)
4,836

314
1,119
327
–
(223)
1,537

4,836
1,883
(289)
(1,063)
5,367

1,537
1,066
1,063
7
(21)
(277)
3,376

Total 
£’000

619,835
2,320
(2,120)
(223)
619,812

342
2,589
327
(10)
(223)
3,025

619,812
1,883
(14,816)
(1,063)
605,817

3,025
2,526
1,063
7
(21)
(277)
6,324

Net book value as at 29 December 2019
Net book value as At 27 December 2020

357,076
342,550

236,000
236,000

20,412
18,952

3,299
1,991

616,787
599,493

Disposals during the period reflect goodwill attached to the Food & Fuel Limited business.

During the period, the Group reclassified £1,063k of intangibles to equipment within property, plant and equipment that had 
a net book value of £nil.

114  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

11 Intangibles assets continued

Goodwill and trademarks arising on business combinations are not amortised but are subject to an impairment review annually, 
or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Note 14 describes the impairment 
reviews conducted at the end of 2020, including also a description of the assumptions made and the sensitivity of impairment to 
those assumptions.

The recoverable amount of the goodwill and trademark CGUs is £1,589.0m (2019: £1,214.7m). The recoverable amount has 
been based on value in use estimates using forecasts approved by the Board. The projected cash flows have been discounted 
using a rate based on the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of 8.7%* (2019: 8.9%) that reflects the risk of these 
assets. As the Group implemented IFRS 16 in the year, the discount rate fell by 3.8% due to the incorporation of lease liabilities 
in the WACC calculation. However, this was offset by a 3.6% increase due to an increased cost of equity and non-lease debt. 
Cash flows are extrapolated in perpetuity with an annual growth rate of 2-3% (2019: 2%). It was concluded that the value in 
use for each CGU is higher than its carrying value and therefore did not require impairment.

The carrying amount of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets allocated to groups of CGUs is presented below along with 
the group of CGU’s recoverable amounts. During the year the Group updated its policy for the measurement of impairment on 
indefinite life intangibles to incorporate assets expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This has had no 
impact on the outcome of the impairment assessment. 

Wagamama
Brunning & Price
Blubeckers
Ribble Valley Inns

Trademarks & 
Licenses 
£’000
236,000
–
–
–
236,000

Goodwill
£’000
315,527
15,158
11,275
590
342,550

Total 
Intangibles
£’000
551,527
15,158
11,275
590
578,550

Recoverable 
Amount
£’000
1,295,189
234,960
55,612
3,262
1,589,023

The key assumptions used in the recoverable amount estimates are the discount rates applied and the forecast cash flows. 
The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis taking into consideration the impact on key impairment test assumptions arising 
from a range of possible trading and economic scenarios as outlined in the stress case scenario at Note 1 as well as risk 
weightings applied to cash flows, discount rates used and terminal growth rates as outlined in Note 14. The sensitivity analysis 
show that no reasonably possible movements in these assumptions would lead to an impairment.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  115

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

12 Right of use assets

Set out below are the right of use assets recognised in the Group’s balance sheet and movements therein during the year. 
All assets relate to access to and use of property and there is, therefore, no analysis of assets into different classes of use.

Right of use assets at 30 December 2019 (as restated for the adoption of IFRS 16 – see note 1)
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation
Remeasurements
Impairment of assets in closed sites (note 6)
Impairment of assets in trading sites (note 6)
Right of use assets at 27 December 2020

£’000
819,499
17,961 
(167,821)
(73,527)
(105,526)
(99,786)
(21,912)
368,888 

Within the depreciation of right of use assets above, £9.4m was capitalised into property, plant and equipment in respect of 
assets not yet ready for use in their intended purpose.

When indicators of impairment exist, right of use assets may be assessed for impairment. As described in note 14, all non-
current assets were assessed at the end of 2020.

116  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

13 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 31 December 2018
Additions
Disposals
Amounts transferred to Asset held for sale
Foreign exchange differences
At 29 December 2019

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 31 December 2018
Provided during the year
Impairment (note 6)
Disposals
Amounts transferred to Asset held for sale
Foreign exchange differences
At 29 December 2019

Cost
At 30 December 2019
Adjustment on transition to IFRS 16
At 30 December 2019 (Restated)
Additions
Disposals
Reclassifications
At 27 December 2020

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 30 December 2019
Adjustment on transition to IFRS 16
At 30 December 2019 (Restated)
Provided during the year
Impairment (note 6)
Impairment reversals (note 14)
Disposals
Reclassifications
At 27 December 2020
Net book value as at 29 December 2019
Net book value as At 27 December 2020

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Fixtures, 
equipment 
and vehicles
£’000

643,673
36,819
(12,266)
(20,608)
(323)
647,295

294,527
21,023
85,009
(2,222)
(17,595)
(84)
380,658

647,295
(3,223)
644,072
27,867
(96,229)
–
575,710

380,658
(1,291)
379,367
16,421
22,965
(7,722)
(81,679)
–
329,352
266,637
246,358

246,060
32,998
(8,035)
(5,651)
(73)
265,299

164,575
22,038
20,452
(6,142)
(4,674)
(23)
196,226

265,299
–
265,299
17,900
(46,606)
1,063
237,656

196,226
–
196,226
20,072
8,214
(2,222)
(42,827)
(1,063)
178,400
69,073
59,256

Total
£’000

889,733
69,817
(20,301)
(26,259)
(396)
912,594

459,102
43,061
105,461
(8,364)
(22,269)
(107)
576,884

912,594
(3,223)
909,371
45,767
(142,835)
1,063
813,366

576,884
(1,291)
575,593
36,493
31,179
(9,944)
(124,506)
(1,063)
507,752
335,710
305,614

Property, plant and equipment additions of £45,767k includes capitalised right of use asset depreciation for sites under 
construction of £9,385k and a reduction in capital creditors of £1,003k. The purchase of property, plant and equipment 
disclosed in the cash flow statement excludes capitalised right of use depreciation.

During the period, the Group reclassified £1,063k of intangibles to equipment within property, plant and equipment that had a 
net book value of £nil.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  117

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

13 Property, plant and equipment continued

The Group has carried out impairment testing of property, plant and equipment as described in note 14.

Net book value of land and buildings:
Freehold
Long leasehold
Short leasehold

14 Impairment reviews

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

98,770
3,690
143,898
246,358

116,397
3,128
147,112
266,637

The significant trading disruption in the period is judged to be an indicator of potential impairment of assets and, accordingly, 
the Directors have chosen to assess all non-financial assets for impairment in accordance with IAS 36.

Approach and assumptions
Our approach to impairment reviews is unchanged from that applied in previous periods and relies primarily upon ‘value in use’ 
tests, although for freehold sites an independent estimate of market value by site has also been obtained and, where this is 
higher than the value in use, we rely on freehold values in our impairment reviews.

Discount rates as used in the value in use calculations are estimated with reference to our Group weighted average cost of 
capital. For 2020, we have applied the discount rate of 8.7% to all assets (2019: 8.9%), since in the opinion of the Directors all 
assets are currently subject to a comparable risk profile. As the Group implemented IFRS 16 in the year, the discount rate fell by 
3.8% due to the incorporation of lease liabilities in the WACC calculation. However, this was offset by a 3.6% increase due to an 
increased cost of equity and non-lease debt. 

For the current period, value in use estimates have been prepared on the basis of the ‘base case’ forecast described above 
in Note 1 under the heading ‘Going concern basis’. The most significant assumptions and estimates used in our impairment 
reviews are those contained within the base case forecast. Of these, the assumptions with the most significant impact on 
forecast site-by-site cash flows are those relating to revenue recovery and trends, where it is assumed that our businesses 
maintain a steady recovery in revenues, reaching 2019 levels by site and then growing at 2% per year, with pubs being the 
quickest to recover and concessions being the slowest. In addition to the forecast cash flows, a risk adjustment has been 
applied to these cash flows to reflect the uncertainty of future cash flows in the current environment.

Results of impairment review
Impairment has been recorded in a number of specific CGUs, reflecting weaker trading in certain areas following the Covid-19 
pandemic. A total charge £152.8m (2019: £105.5m) was recognised of which £18.5m was recorded against Trading Property, Plant 
& Equipment (“PP&E”) and a further £21.9m against right of use assets. This was offset by impairment reversals on property, plant 
and equipment of £10.0m caused by rent restructuring and changed post-Covid opening plans.

In addition, impairment of assets in closed sites amounted to £12.7m of property, plant and equipment and a further £99.8m of 
right of use assets. 

No impairment was recorded against the Group’s intangible assets (including goodwill).

Sensitivity to further impairment charges
The key assumptions used in the recoverable amount estimates are the forecast cash flows, risk adjustments applied to cash flows, 
discount rates and terminal growth rates. The Group has conducted a sensitivity analysis taking into consideration the impact on key 
impairment test assumptions arising from a range of possible trading and economic scenarios as outlined in the stress case scenario 
at Note 1 as well as the risk adjustment rates applied to cash flows, discount rates and terminal growth rates used. 

118  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

14 Impairment reviews continued

The sensitivity analysis of forecast cash flows taking into account management’s stress case scenario would give rise to an 
additional impairment of approximately £42.2m, made up of an increase in the impairment expense of £34.9m and a reduction in 
impairment reversals of £7.3m. 

Doubling the risk adjustments applied to cash flows would give rise to an additional impairment of approximately £19.4m, made 
up of an increase in the impairment expense of £11.4m and a reduction in the impairment reversals of £8.0m. While halving the 
risk adjustments applied to cash flows would give rise to a reduction in impairment of £9.1m, made up of a £3.5m reduction in 
impairment expense and an increase in impairment reversals of £5.5m. The impact of doubling the risk adjustments is much 
greater than the impact of halving them as we have sensitised this assumption towards the downside risk due to the current 
trading conditions.

An increase in discount rate of 2% would give rise to an additional impairment of approximately £8.2m, made up of an increase 
in the impairment expense of £6.1m and a reduction in the impairment reversals of £2.1m. While a 2% decrease would give rise to 
a reduction in impairment of £6.5m, made up of a £4.4m reduction in impairment expense and an increase in impairment 
reversals of £2.1m.

A decrease in terminal growth rates of 1% would give rise to an additional impairment of approximately £2.0m, made up of an 
increase in the impairment expense of £1.3m and a reduction in the impairment reversals of £0.7m. While a 1% increase would give 
rise to a reduction in impairment of £1.6m, made up of a £1.1m reduction in impairment expense and an increase in impairment 
reversals of £0.5m.

15 Assets held for sale

Assets presented as held for sale in previous periods related to the Wagamama US operations. This business now is accounted 
for as an associate as described in note 31.

16 Other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year:
  Other receivables
  Expected credit losses
  Fair value lease assets

Movements in the Group provision for expected credit losses of trade and other receivables is as follows:

At the beginning of the year
Released during the year
At the end of the year

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

15,657
(113)
–
15,544

22,262
(490)
152
21,924

2020
£’000
(490)
377
(113)

2019
£’000
(950)
460
(490)

Other receivables relate to amounts due from suppliers in the ordinary course of business and amounts receivable relating to 
the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (CJRS). The Group’s exposure to credit risk arising from other receivables is low given 
the strong trade relationship maintained with suppliers. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arising from its operations is minimal 
given that the customer base is large and unrelated and that the overwhelming majority of customer transactions are settled 
through cash or secure electronic means.

The Group applies a simplified approach to expected credit losses, recognising a loss allowance based on historic losses and 
economic factors relating to specific customers.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  119

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

17 Trade and other payables

Amounts falling due within one year:
  Trade payables
  Other tax and social security
  Other payables*
  Accruals
  Fair value lease liabilities
  Finance lease liability

* Other payables principally relate to wages and related items payable to employees.

18 Provisions

Property cost provisions*
Other provisions

Balance at the end of the year
Analysed as:
  Amount due for settlement within one year
  Amount due for settlement after one year

Balance at 29 December 2019
Adjustments made on implementation of IFRS 16
Balance at 30 December 2019
Remeasurement
Amounts utilised
Unwinding of discount
Balance At 27 December 2020

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

40,082
18,061
16,283
42,301
–
–
116,727

65,360
38,412
 20,503 
62,917
823
272
188,287

2020
£’000
11,322
1,283

12,605

4,258
8,347
12,605

Other
£’000
4,031
(1,814)
2,217
(934)
–
–
1,283

2019
£’000
48,862
4,031

52,893

14,549
38,344
52,893

Total
£’000
52,893
(46,380)
6,513
6,547
(470)
15
12,605

Property cost 
provisions*
£’000
48,862
(44,566)
4,296
7,481
(470)
15
11,322

* Due to the transition to IFRS 16 for 2020, the liabilities for all leases, onerous and otherwise, are included in lease liabilities on 
the balance sheet. As part of the transition, the provisions categorised as property cost provisions (2019: Onerous contracts 
and other property provisions) were used to reduce the right of use asset as an impairment. Therefore the related onerous lease 
provision of £44.6m does not exist in 2020. The remaining balance relates to those elements of the onerous lease provision that 
are not related to lease payments, such as business rates. During 2019, onerous lease provisions were held for onerous 
contracts in respect of lease agreements. The provision comprised of the onerous element of expenditure over the life of those 
contracts and exit costs. Onerous lease provisions resulted in a charge of £7.5m in 2019. 

120 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

19 Lease liabilities and net investments in subleases

The Group is both a lessee and lessor of property.

(a) Group as lessee
Set out below are the movements in the carrying amount of lease liabilities during the period. All leases relate to access to and 
use of property.

At 30 December 2019
Additions
Finance charges
Cash payments made
Liabilities extinguished in disposals
Remeasurements
At 27 December 2020
Analysed as:
  Amount due for settlement within one year
  Amount due for settlement after one year

2020 
£’000
933,447
17,961
20,977
(30,777)
(335,717)
(122,103)
483,788

91,478
392,310
483,788

In addition to the finance charges noted in the above table and depreciation on right of use assets, the Group also incurred 
£3.3m of costs relating to variable lease payments not included within the carrying amount of lease liabilities and £2.3m of costs 
relating to short term leases.

As at 27 December 2020, the Group was not committed to any leases with future cash outflows which had not yet commenced.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 121

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

19 Lease liabilities and net investments in subleases continued

(b) Group as lessor
All income relates to fixed rental receipts. Movements in the net investment in lease assets included income of £0.2m and an 
expected credit loss provision of £2.9m. Income from leases classified as operating leases amounted to £0.9m.

Finance leases
Undiscounted lease receipts relating to finance leases for future years are set out in the table below.

Amounts receivable in the next year
Amounts receivable in 1-2 years
Amounts receivable in 2-3 years
Amounts receivable in 3-4 years
Amounts receivable in 4-5 years
Amounts receivable after 5 years from the balance sheet date

The total in the table above is greater than the balance sheet amount due to the effects of discounting and provisions for 
expected credit losses. There is no undiscounted unguaranteed residual value within the amounts recognised.

Operating leases

Amounts receivable in the next year
Amounts receivable in 1-2 years
Amounts receivable in 2-3 years
Amounts receivable in 3-4 years
Amounts receivable in 4-5 years
Amounts receivable after 5 years from the balance sheet date

2020
£’000
788
563
389
389
371
4,052
6,552

2020
£’000
425
336
193
133
104
750
1,941

122 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

20 Deferred taxation

Balance at the beginning of 
the year
Impact of adoption of IFRS 16
Balance at the beginning of the 
year after IFRS 16
Movement in deferred tax 
balances (net of exceptional credit)
Adjustments in respect of 
previous years
Deferred tax taken directly to 
the income statement (Note 8)

Deferred tax arising on 
acquisition

Tax on share-based payments
Deferred tax taken through 
equity
Balance at the end of the year

Capital 
allowances
£’000

Intangible 
assets
£’000

Share options
£’000

Losses
£’000

Other
£’000

2020
Total
£’000

2019
Total
£’000

601
–

601

811

44,006
–

44,006

(324)
–

(324)

–
–

–

(2,276)
(2,530)

42,007
(2,530)

52,674
–

(4,806)

39,477

–

4,639

(35)

(3,890)

496

2,021

(9,247)

(672)

(9)

–

–

(195)

(876)

(1,337)

139

4,630

(35)

(3,890)

301

1,145

(10,584)

–

–

–
740

–

–

–

82

–

–

–

–

–

82

–

(83)

–
48,636

82
(277)

–
(3,890)

–
(4,505)

82
40,704

(83)
42,007

Deferred tax consists of:
Capital allowances in advance of depreciation
Intangible assets
Share options
Tax losses
Other temporary differences

Unrecognised deferred tax was £(2.9m) in the year, compared to £(0.1m) in 2019. 

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

740
48,636
(277)
(3,890)
(4,505)
40,704

601
44,006
(324)
–
(2,276)
42,007

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 123

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

21 Share capital

Authorised, issued and fully paid
At 29 December 2019
Shares issued in the period
At 27 December 2020

The shares have a par value of 28.125p each (2019: 28.125p).

Treasury shares
At 29 December 2019 and 27 December 2020

Number

£’000

491,496,230
98,299,245
589,795,475

138,234
27,646
165,880

Number

£’000

66,955

186

The Treasury shares are held to satisfy the Group’s long term deferred bonus incentive scheme.

On 9th April 2020, a total of 98,299,245 ordinary shares were issued as a result of private placing and a concurrent subscription, 
raising net proceeds of £54.6 million.

22 Other reserves

Employee Benefit Trust
An employee benefit trust (EBT) was established in 2007 in order to satisfy the exercise or vesting of existing and future share 
awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. The EBT purchases shares in the market, using funds provided by the Company, 
based on expectations of future requirements. Dividends are waived by the EBT. At 27 December 2020, the Trustees, Estera 
Trust (Jersey) Limited, held 591,480 shares in the Company (29 December 2019: 592,181 shares).

Details of options granted under the Group’s share schemes are given in Note 23.

Foreign Currency Movement
During the year, the Group made a £91,000 (2019: £578,092) foreign currency gain on translation of foreign subsidiaries.

124 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

23 Share-based payment schemes

The Group operates a number of share-based payment schemes, details of which are provided in the Directors’ 
remuneration report.

A charge has been recorded in the income statement of the Group in respect of share-based payments of £2.0m (2019: £0.6m).

The other reserves account in the balance sheet reflects the credit to equity made in respect of the charge for share-based 
payments made through the income statement and the purchase of shares in the market by the EBT in order to satisfy the 
vesting of existing and future share awards under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Group operates the 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), details of which are provided in the Directors’ remuneration 
report. Awards under the LTIP are granted to executive Directors and senior management in the form of nil cost options. No 
LTIPs have been granted in the period as they are all ‘Restricted Share Plan’.

Vesting of share options under the LTIP is dependent on continuing employment or in accordance with ‘good leaver’ status as 
set out in the scheme rules.

In exceptional circumstances, employees may be permitted to exercise options before the normal vesting date.

Year ended 27 December 2020

Period during 
which options are 
exercisable
2020
2020
2021
2021
2021
2021
2022
2022
2022
2022
2023
Total number

Type of award
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – EPS element

Fair value
201.7p
333.2p
128.0p
226.0p
149.0p
276.6p
44.6p
112.4p
69.7p
149.7p
54.0p

Outstanding 
at the 
beginning of 
the year
 226,717 
 226,717 
 514,931 
 514,931 
 12,564 
 12,564 
 2,158,618 
 2,158,618 
 817,632 
 817,632 

Granted
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–  6,589,488 
 7,460,924  6,589,488 

Outstanding 
at the end of 
the year
Exercised
–
–
–
–
 412,538 
–
 412,538 
–
 12,565 
–
 12,565 
–
 1,708,608 
–
 1,708,608 
–
 763,380 
–
 763,380 
–
 6,569,564 
–
–  1,686,680   12,363,746 

Lapsed
 226,717 
 226,717 
102,395
102,395
–
–
450,012
450,012
54,254
54,254
 19,924 

Exercisable 
at the end of 
the year
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 125

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

23 Share-based payment schemes continued

Year ended 29 December 2019

Period during 
which options are 
exercisable
2019
2019
2019
2019
2019
2020
2020
2020
2020
2020
2020
2021
2021
2021
2021
2022
2022
2022
2022
Total number

Type of award
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Continued Employment
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element
Conditional – TSR element
Conditional – EPS element

Fair value
50.4p
395.1p
395.1p
212.5p
331.7p
201.7p
333.2p
157.4p
292.3p
134.9p
274.7p
128.0p
226.0p
149.0p
276.6p
44.6p
112.4p
69.7p
149.7p

Outstanding 
at the 
beginning of 
the year
 216,001 
 216,001 
 144,000 
 141,338 
 141,337 
 409,830 
 409,830 
 48,930 
 48,929 
 20,751 
 20,751 
 809,166 
 809,166 
 37,684 
 37,684 

Granted
– 
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–  2,629,233 
–  2,629,233 
 817,632 
–
 817,632 
–
 3,511,398  6,893,730 

Lapsed
Exercised
(216,001)
–
(216,001)
–
(144,000)
–
(141,338)
–
(141,337)
–
(183,113)
–
(183,113)
–
(48,930)
–
(48,929)
–
(20,751)
–
(20,751)
–
(294,235)
–
(294,235)
–
(25,120)
–
(25,120)
–
(470,615)
–
(470,615)
–
–
–
–
–
–  (2,944,204)

Outstanding 
at the end of 
the year

– 
–
–
–
–
 226,717 
 226,717 
–
–
–
–
 514,931 
 514,931 
 12,564 
 12,564 
 2,158,618 
 2,158,618 
 817,632 
 817,632 
 7,460,924 

Exercisable 
at the end of 
the year
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

126 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

23 Share-based payment schemes continued

Save As You Earn
Under the Save As You Earn (SAYE) scheme, the Board may grant options over shares in The Restaurant Group plc to UK-
based employees of the Group. Options are granted with a fixed exercise price equal to 80% of the average market price of the 
shares for the five days prior to invitation. Employees pay a fixed amount from their salary into a savings account each month for 
the three year savings period. At the end of the savings period, employees have six months in which to exercise their options 
using the funds saved. If employees decide not to exercise their options, they may withdraw their funds saved and the options 
expire. Exercise of options is subject to continued employment within the Group. In exceptional circumstances, employees may 
be permitted to exercise these options before the end of the three year savings period. Options were valued using the 
Stochastic share pricing model.

Year ended 27 December 2020

Period during which 
options are exercisable Exercise price
307.0p
2019 - 2020
243.8p
2020 - 2021
239.5p
2021 - 2022
112.7p
2022 - 2023
2023 - 2024
52.0p
Total number
Weighted average 
exercise price

Year ended 29 December 2019

Outstanding 
at the 
beginning of 
the year
332,387
367,364
302,685
2,712,152
–

Forfeited
Granted
(332,387)
–
(265,796)
–
(186,200)
–
(2,249,161)
–
(31,250)
6,493,189
3,714,588  6,493,189 (3,064,794)

Exercised
–
–
–
–
–
–

Outstanding 
at the end 
of the year
–
85,395
114,428
462,991
6,461,939
7,124,753

Exercisable 
at the end 
of the year
–
–
–
–
–
–

Lapsed
–
(16,173)
(2,057)
–
–
(18,230)

 153.4p 

 52.0p 

 133.4p 

–

 243.3p 

 61.3p 

–

Period during which 
options are exercisable
2018 - 2019
2019 - 2020
2020 - 2021
2021 - 2022
2022 - 2023
Total number
Weighted average 
exercise price

Exercise price
546.0p
307.0p
243.8p
239.5p
112.7p
–

Outstanding at 
the beginning 
of the year
 86,537 
 411,320 
 615,281 
 515,612 
–
 1,628,750 

Granted
–
–
–
–
 2,735,464 
 2,735,464 

Forfeited
(329)
(21,857)
(18,974)
(38,961)
(3,832)
(83,953)

Exercised
–
–
–
–
–
–

Lapsed
(86,208)
(57,076)
(228,943)
(173,966)
(19,480)
(565,673)

Outstanding 
at the end 
of the year
–
 332,387 
 367,364 
 302,685 
 2,712,152 
 3,714,588 

Exercisable 
at the end 
of the year
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

 274.4p 

112.7p

253.5p

0.0p

290.4p

153.4p

–

The weighted average remaining contractual life for the shares outstanding at the end of the period is 2.80 years (2019: 2.29 years).

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 127

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

23 Share-based payment schemes continued

Restricted Share Plan
The Group has issued Restricted Share Plan to certain employees and directors as described in the Directors’ remuneration 
report. Instruments granted under this plan represent deferred shares, of which certain are subject to performance conditions. 
No exercise price is payable on these instruments.

Period during which 
options are exercisable
2023

Type of award
Restricted Share Plan

Fair value
54.0p

Outstanding 
at the 
beginning of 
the year
– 

Granted
 6,589,488 

Exercised
– 

Outstanding 
at the end of 
Lapsed
the year
(19,924)  6,569,564 

Exercisable 
at the end of 
the year
– 

Owing to the terms of the instruments, their fair value is estimated to match the market value of shares at the date of grant.

Assumptions used in valuation of share-based payments granted in the year ended 27 December 2020:
Scheme
Grant date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
No of options originally granted
Minimum vesting period
Expected volatility 1
Contractual life
Risk free rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected forfeitures
Fair value per option

RSP
08/10/2020
54.0p
n/a
 6,589,488 
3 years
n/a
3 years
n/a
n/a
23.00%
67.5p

2020 SAYE
08/12/2020
70.0p
51.34p
 6,493,189 
3 years
80.7%
3.4 years
0.06%
0.00%
27.00%
36.8p

1  Expected volatility is the measure of the amount by which the share price is expected to fluctuate during a period. In order to calculate volatility, the movement 
in share price over a period prior to the grant date has been calculated. For the discount for the SAYE scheme, the calculated volatility based on the movement 
in share price over a period of 5 years prior to the grant has been used.

24 Reconciliation of profit before tax to cash generated from operations

Loss on ordinary activities before tax
Net interest charges
Exceptional items (note 6)
Share of result of associate
Share-based payments
Depreciation and amortisation
(Increase)/decrease in inventory
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
(Decrease)/increase in creditors
Cash generated from operations

128 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

2020
£’000
(127,588)
37,745
40,132
623
2,016
103,161
3,527
15,897
(72,297)
3,216

2019
£’000
(37,295)
16,562
110,467
–
576
45,650
(596)
(261)
5,398
140,501

25 Reconciliation of changes in cash to the movement in net debt

Net debt:
At the beginning of the year
Adjustment for recognition of IFRS 16
Movements in the year:
  Net repayment/(drawdown) of borrowings
  Repayment/(drawdown) of overdraft
  Upfront loan facility fee paid
  Finance leases
  Repayment of obligations under leases
  Non-cash movements in the year
  Net cash (outflow)/inflow
At the end of the year

Represented by:

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

(286,628)
(930,835)

(291,132)
–

(56,611)
9,950
934
–
30,777
417,277
(9,046)
(824,182)

32,000
(9,950)
–
170
–
(1,594)
(16,122)
(286,628)

Cash and cash 
equivalents
Overdraft
Bank loans falling 
due after one year
Finance leases
Lease liabilities

At 
30 December
2018
£’000

Cash flow
movements
in the year
£’000

Non-cash
movements
in the year
£’000

At 
29 December
2019
£’000

Impact of
transition
to IFRS 16
£’000

Cash flow 
movements
in the year
£’000

Non-cash
movements
in the year
£’000

At 
27 December
2020
£’000

65,903
–

(354,420)
(2,615)
–
(291,132)

(16,122)
(9,950)

32,000
170
–
6,098

(25)
–

49,756
(9,950)

–
–

(1,402)
(167)
–
(1,594)

(323,822)
(2,612)
–
(286,628)

–
2,612
(933,447)
(930,835)

(9,046)
9,950

(55,677)
–
30,777
(23,996)

14
–

40,724
–

(1,619)
–
418,882
417,277

(381,118)
–
(483,788)
(824,182)

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash at bank and cash floats held on site. The cash and cash equivalents balance 
includes credit card receipts that were cleared post year end.

The non-cash movements in bank loans are in relation to the de-recognition and remeasurement of lease liabilities, amortisation 
of prepaid facility costs and foreign exchange.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 129

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

26 Long-term borrowings

High yield bond
Revolving credit facilities
CLBILS
Total banking facilities
Unamortised loan fees
Long-term borrowings

At 27 December 2020

At 29 December 2019

Drawn
£’000
225,000 
108,611 
50,000 
383,611 
(2,493)
381,118 

Total facility
£’000
225,000 
195,000 
50,000 
470,000 
–
–

Drawn
£’000
225,000 
102,000 
–
327,000 
(3,178)
323,822 

Total facility
£’000
225,000 
230,000 
–
455,000 
–
–

27 Financial instruments and derivatives

The Group finances its operations through equity and borrowings.

Management pay rigorous attention to treasury management requirements and continue to

•  ensure sufficient committed loan facilities are in place to support anticipated business requirements;

•  ensure the Group’s debt service will be supported by anticipated cash flows and that covenants will be complied with; and 

•  manage interest rate exposure with a combination of fixed and floating rate debt.

The Board closely monitors the Group’s treasury strategy and the management of treasury risk. 

Further details on the business risk factors that are considered to affect the Group are included in the strategic report and more 
specific financial risk management (including sensitivity to increases in interest rates) are included in the Directors’ Report. 

Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern while looking to maximise returns to 
shareholders. The capital structure of the Group consists of equity (comprising issued share capital, other reserves and retained 
earnings), borrowings and cash and cash equivalents. The Group monitors its capital structure on a regular basis through cash 
flow projections and consideration of the cost of financing its capital. 

The Group is subject to externally imposed capital requirements in respect of its revolving credit facilities. The Group is required 
to maintain a net debt to EBITDA ratio and EBITDA to net finance charge ratio. These requirements are monitored as part of the 
capital management process on a regular basis and have been complied with for the current and prior financial year. As 
discussed in the Financial Review, the Group has received waivers for all financial covenants under the existing facilities until 
September 2021, subject to maintaining a minimum liquidity requirement of £50.0m. The new facilities which will be entered into 
prior to 31 May 2021, contain leverage covenants though these do not take effect until June 2022 subject to maintaining a 
£40.0m minimum liquidity requirement to 31 December 2022.

130 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

27 Financial instruments and derivatives continued

(a) Financial assets and liabilities
Financial assets
The financial assets of the Group, all of which are classified as loans and receivables at amortised cost, comprise:

Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Total financial assets

2020
£’000
40,724
15,544
56,268

2019
£’000
49,756
21,924
71,680

Cash and cash equivalents include £0.8m (2019: £0.3m) held on account in respect of deposits paid by tenants under the 
terms of their rental agreement.

Financial liabilities
The financial liabilities of the Group, all of which are classified as other financial liabilities at amortised cost, comprise:

Trade and other payables
Finance lease payable
Lease liabilities
Overdraft
Short-term financial liabilities
Long-term borrowings – at fixed interest rates
Long-term borrowings – at floating interest rates1
Bank fees
Lease liabilities
Other payables
Long-term financial liabilities
Total financial liabilities

2020
£’000
116,727
–
91,478
–
208,205
225,000
158,611
(2,493)
392,310
1,321
774,749
982,954

2019
£’000
149,603
272
–
9,950
159,825
225,000
102,000
(3,178)
–
26,077
349,899
509,724

1   Total financial liabilities attracting interest were £384.0m (2019: £327.0m). Interest is payable at floating interest rates which fluctuate and are dependent on 

LIBOR and base rate. The average rate of interest charged during the year on the Group’s debt was 3.50% (2019: 3.98%).

On 2020 results, net interest was covered 1.40 times (2019: 8.5 times) by earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and 
exceptional items. Based on year-end debt and earnings for 2020, a 1% rise in interest rates would reduce interest cover to 
1.35 times (2019: 8 times).

At 27 December 2020 the Group had a cash balance of £40.7m (2019: £49.8m).

Total Group borrowing facilities consist of a £160.0m revolving credit facility, a £35.0m revolving credit facility, a £225.0m 
high-yield bond and a £50.0m Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan. At 27 December 2020 the Group has £60.0m 
of committed borrowing facilities in excess of gross borrowings (2019: £118.0m).

The interest rates on the Group’s debt facilities are as follows: 3.0% above LIBOR on the £8.6m revolving credit facility; 2.5% 
above LIBOR on the £160.0m revolving credit facility; a fixed rate of 4.125% on the high-yield bond; and 2.6% above LIBOR on 
the Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan. The maturity dates on the Group’s debt facilities are as follows: December 
2021 for the £35.0m revolving credit facility; June 2022 for the £160.0m revolving credit facility; July 2022 for the £225.0m 
high-yield bond; and June 2022 for the £50.0m Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  131

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

27 Financial instruments and derivatives continued

Secured liabilities and assets pledged as security
The Group has pledged certain assets in order to fulfil the collateral requirements of the revolving credit facility and high-yield bond.

The £160.0m Revolving Credit Facility and £50.0m CLBILS Facility are secured by a fixed charge over the shares of TRG 
(Holdings) Limited, The Restaurant Group (UK) Limited, Blubeckers Limited, Brunning and Price Limited, and TRG Concessions 
Limited as well as a floating charge on all present and future assets, property, business undertaking and uncalled capital. The 
£35.0m Revolving Credit Facility and £225.0m bond facility are secured by a floating charge on all present and future assets of 
Mabel Mezzco Limited, Mabel Bidco Limited, Wagamama Group Limited, Wagamama Limited, Ramen USA Limited and 
Wagamama Finance Plc as well as fixed charge on all material property, shares, investments, goodwill and uncalled capital.

The maturity profile of anticipated gross future cash flows, including interest, relating to the Group’s non-derivative financial 
liabilities, on an undiscounted basis, are set out below:

At 27 December 2020

Within one year
Within two to five years
After five years

At 29 December 2019

Within one year
Within two to five years
After five years

Trade and 
other payables 
excluding tax
£’000
116,727
–
–
116,727

Overdraft 
£’000
–
–
–
–

Fixed rate loan
£’000
9,562
229,733
–
239,295

Floating rate 
loan
£’000
13,995
144,616
–
158,611

Finance lease 
debt
£’000
94,082
242,341
281,759
618,182

Total
£’000
234,366
616,690
281,759
1,132,815

Trade 
and other
payables
excluding tax
£’000
149,875
–
–
149,875

Overdraft
£’000
9,950
–
–
9,950

Fixed
rate
loan
£’000
9,281
239,062
–
248,343

Floating
rate
loan
£’000
5,153
111,780
–
116,933

Finance
lease
debt
£’000
362
1,307
12,951
14,620

2020
£’000
40,724
–
40,724

Total
£’000
174,621
352,149
12,951
539,721

2019
£’000
62,325
(12,568)
49,757

Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
Financial assets

Gross amount of recognised financial assets
Gross amounts of recognised financial liabilities set off in the balance sheet
Net amount of financial assets presented in the balance sheet

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities
All financial assets and liabilities are accounted for at cost and the Directors consider the carrying value to approximate their 
fair value.

(b) Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial losses to the Group. 
Counterparties for cash balances are large established financial institutions. The Group is exposed to credit related losses in the 
event of non-performance by the financial institutions but does not expect them to fail to meet their obligations.

132 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

 
27 Financial instruments and derivatives continued

As a retail business with trading receipts settled either by cash or credit and debit cards, there is very limited exposure from 
customer transactions. The Group is exposed to credit risk in respect of commercial discounts receivable. The Directors make 
regular assessments of the recoverability of commercial discount receivables based on their knowledge of the customer, historic 
payments and relevant macroeconomic factors. An appropriate provision will be made if it is considered the amounts will not be 
recovered, either partially or in full. This is consistent with the previous period. Receivables that are neither past due nor impaired 
are expected to be fully recoverable. To mitigate the negative impacts of Covid-19, the Group has also taken advantage of the 
Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (CJRS). As the scheme is a government initiative, the Directors do not consider this debtor 
to impact the credit risk of the Group.

The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, net of any allowances for losses, represent the 
Group’s maximum exposure to credit. 

Subleases
The credit risk in relation to net investment in subleases is subject to the Groups policy and procedures relating to credit risk. 
As at 27 December 2020, the Group has 17 subleases with a rent receivable balance of £0.60 million. The top five tenants 
accounted for 59% of the total amount receivable. 

The impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date. The credit quality of each tenant is assessed individually 
to estimate the probability of default for the expected credit loss calculation. The assessment is based on forward looking 
information of each tenant such as individual financial performance as well as wider economic conditions and monitoring 
the days past due with respect to outstanding rent. The exposure at default is considered to be the carrying value of the 
outstanding rent for the remainder of the sublease agreement. If the rent has been past due for more than one year then 
the full carrying value of rent is considered impaired. The amount is written off if the tenant enters administration and therefore 
the amount is no longer recoverable. The exposure to credit risk on the Group’s net investment in subleases is set out below.

Gross amount of net investment in subleases
Expected credit loss rate
Expected credit loss
Net amount of financial assets presented in the balance sheet

(c) Liquidity risk

2020
£’000
6,572
45%
2,951
3,621

The Group has built an appropriate mechanism to manage liquidity risk of the short, medium and long-term funding and liquidity 
management requirements. Liquidity risk is managed through the maintenance of adequate cash reserves and bank facility by 
monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. 

Existing facilities
The Group’s revolving credit facilities, mature in June 2022 and December 2021 (as set out in note (a) above). The CIBILS facility 
matures in June 2022. The Group facilities along with covenant waivers (as detailed in the Directors Report) ensures continuity 
of funding.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 133

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the consolidated accounts continued

27 Financial instruments and derivatives continued

New facilities
As explained in note 32, the Group has signed up to a new £500.0m debt package. These facilities consist of a £380.0m term 
loan expiring in Q2 2026, and a £120.0m super senior revolving credit facility expiring in Q2 2025. The term loan is available to 
the Group to draw upon until 31 May 2021 and together with the new RCF, will be used to repay the current £225.0m bond, 
£195.0m of revolving credit facilities, and £50.0m of CLBILS facilities. The new facilities contain a minimum liquidity covenant 
of £40.0m from signing of the agreement until 31 December 2022. There are no other financial covenants until June 2022 when 
the RCF is tested for a super senior net leverage requiring the drawn RCF funds to be no more than 1.5 times for the last twelve 
months. From December 2022, the covenant requires total senior debt to be no more than 5.0 times EBITDA and decreasing to 
4.0 times by December 2023.

(d) Foreign currency risk
Whereas currency risk previously existed in respect of the Group’s operations in the USA, this is now an immaterial risk due to 
the disposal of a majority stake in those operations during the year.

(e) Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes 
in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s 
long-term debt obligations and has been controlled historically through the use of fixed and floating rate debt. The Group’s 
exposure will continue to be monitored and the use of interest rate swaps may be considered in the future. A 1% rise or fall in 
interest rate will have a £1.5m impact on interest expense (as set out in note (a) above). Based on EBITDA after exceptionals 
for 2020, the Group has enough coverage for interest rate risk.

28 Capital commitments

Authorised and contracted for:

At 27 December 2020, the Group had commitments of £nil (2019: £15.2m).

29 Contingent liabilities

2020
£’000
–

2019
£’000
15,153

The Group has assigned a number of leases to third parties that were originally completed prior to 1 January 1996 and are 
therefore unaffected by the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995 and also a number of leases completed after this date 
that were the subject of an Authorised Guarantee Agreement. Consequently, should the current tenant default, the landlord has 
a right of recourse to The Restaurant Group plc, or its subsidiaries, for future rental payments. As and when any liability arises, 
the Group will take whatever steps necessary to mitigate the costs.

The possibility of any outflow is deemed to be remote, however, we estimate contingent liabilities to be £0.2m (2019: £3.3m), 
calculated on an undiscounted basis to the end of the lease term.

30 Related party transactions

There were no related party transactions in the 52 weeks ended 27 December 2020 other than those relating to key 
management personnel.

Remuneration in respect of key management personnel, defined as the Directors for this purpose, is disclosed in Note 5. Further 
information concerning the Directors’ remuneration is provided in the Directors’ remuneration report.

134 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

31 Associate

During the year, the Group entered into an agreement in respect of the Wagamama USA business. The venture is a 20:80 
partnership (with the Group as the minority investor) with the new venture assuming ownership of the existing operations of the 
US business. The agreement became effective as at 31 January 2020.

The Group did not receive any consideration in respect of the assets and liabilities transferred to the new venture and their 
fair value was considered to be £nil. Subsequent to the effective date the Group has invested £0.6m in the US business and 
recognised a share of losses of the associate of £0.6m. The carrying value of the investment on the balance sheet as at 
27 December 2020 is £nil resulting from the share of losses from the associate exceeding the investment value.

Since the associate is not material to the Group, detailed financial information on its net assets and results is not disclosed.

32 Subsequent Events

Refinancing
On 1 March 2021, the Group announced that it had successfully signed commitments in relation to £500.0 million of new debt 
facilities, which comprises a £380.0 million Term Loan Facility, and a £120.0 million Super Senior Revolving Credit Facility. These 
facilities provide the Group with enhanced liquidity and long-term financing with the maturities of the Term Loan and the RCF 
being in 2026 and 2025, respectively. 

The Term Loan and, as required, an initial simultaneous drawing of the RCF will be used to repay and refinance in full all of the 
Group’s existing debt facilities. Following the utilisation of the new facilities, and the repayment of the Existing Facilities, the 
Group’s financing arrangements will be simplified, as the Group will be consolidated into one finance group at the TRG level 
which will provide a more efficient funding structure to support the Group’s strategic initiatives.

Capital Raise
On 10 March 2021, the Group announced a planned capital raise of £175.0m via a firm placing and placing and open offer. 
This is subject to a vote at te General Meeting as covered in the Going Concern section of the Financial Review. If approved, 
the Group will receive the proceeds net of fees in March 2021.

Government Announcements
The Group is reliant on the government actions to control Covid-19 to be able to resume trading for dine-in customers, and is 
also significantly impacted by Government support packages to aid the hospitality industry.

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 135

 
 
 
Company balance sheet

Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Loans to subsidiary undertakings

Current assets
Receivables
Amounts falling due within one year from Group undertakings
Accrued Income
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Payables
Overdraft
Amounts falling due within one year to Group undertakings
Accruals

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Long-term borrowings

Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Other reserves
Profit and loss account
Shareholders’ funds

At 
27 December
2020
£’000

At
29 December
2019
£’000

119,779
503,650
623,429

117,763
342,823
460,586

Note

3
4

–
–
16,987
16,987

114,249
1,795
–
116,044

640,416

576,630

–
–
(1,149)
(1,149)

(9,950)
–
(226)
(10,176)

15,838

105,868

639,267

566,454

5

(148,649)

(90,637)

490,618

475,817

165,880
276,634
(3,255)
51,359
490,618

138,234
249,686
(5,271)
93,168
475,817

The company’s loss for the year was £41.8m (2019: profit of £49.4m).

The financial statements of The Restaurant Group plc (company registration number SC030343) on pages 83 to 135 were 
approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 10 March 2021 and were signed on its behalf by:

Andy Hornby (CEO) 

Kirk Davis (CFO)

136 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Statement of changes in equity

Balance at 31 December 2018

Employee share-based payment schemes
Total comprehensive income
Dividends 
Balance at 29 December 2019

Share 
capital
£’000
138,234

Share 
premium
£’000
249,686

Other 
reserves
£’000
(5,825)

Profit and 
loss account
£’000
61,251

–
–

–
–

554
–

138,234

249,686

(5,271)

–
49,441
(17,524)
93,168

Total
£’000
443,346

554
49,441
(17,524)
475,817

Balance at 30 December 2019

138,234

249,686

(5,271)

93,168

475,817

Issue of shares
Employee share-based payment schemes
Total comprehensive loss 
Balance at 27 December 2020

27,647
–
–
165,881

26,948
–
–
276,634

–
2,016
–
(3,255)

–
–
(41,809)
51,359

54,595
2,016
(41,809)
490,619

Other reserves represent the Group’s share-based payment transactions and the shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust.

O
v
e
r
v
e
w

i

S

i

t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c

i

a

l

s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 137

 
 
 
Notes to the Company accounts

1 Accounting policies and basis of preparation

Basis of preparation
The Company accounts have been prepared under the historical cost convention and in accordance with UK Accounting 
Standards. These financial statements were prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced 
Disclosure Framework. As permitted under FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions available 
under that standard in relation to share-based payments, business combinations, financial instruments, fair values, presentation 
of a cash flow statement and certain related party transactions.

Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the consolidated financial statements. 

The financial statements are presented in sterling, rounded to the nearest thousand.

Going concern basis
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. For further details of the basis of this going concern 
assessment, please refer to Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements.

Investments
Investments are valued at cost less any provision for impairment.

Long term loan
All loans are initially recognised at fair value of consideration transferred. After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans are 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provisions for impairment. Impairment of financial assets is 
based on management’s estimate of future cash inflows.

Dividends
In accordance with IAS 10 ‘Events after the Balance Sheet Date’, dividends declared after the balance sheet date are not 
recognised as a liability at that balance sheet date, and are recognised in the financial statements when they have received 
approval by shareholders.

Share-based payment transactions
The Group operates a share option programme which allows employees of the Group to acquire shares in the Company. The 
fair value of options granted is recognised as an employee expense in the company in which the employees are employed with 
a corresponding increase in capital contribution. The Company recognises an increase in the investment held by the Company 
in the subsidiary in which the employees are employed.

The fair value of the options is measured at grant date and spread over the period during which the employees become 
unconditionally entitled to the options. The Stochastic, Black-Scholes and Finnerty valuation models are used to measure 
the fair value of the options granted, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The 
amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest except where forfeiture 
is only due to market based conditions not achieving the threshold for vesting. Refer to Note 20 in the consolidated financial 
statements for further details. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and debit and credit cards. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand 
and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the 
purpose of the statement of cash flows. 

Borrowing costs
Debt is stated net of borrowing costs which are spread over the term of the loan. All other borrowings costs are recognised in 
the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

138 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

2 Profit attributable to members of the Company

As permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, a separate profit and loss account has not been presented for 
the Company. 

Remuneration of the auditor is borne by a subsidiary undertaking (refer to Note 4 in the consolidated financial statements).

All costs of employees and Directors are borne by a subsidiary undertaking. At 27 December 2020 the Company employed six 
persons, being the directors (29 December 2019: six persons). Refer to the Directors remuneration report for further details of 
remuneration paid for services.

3 Investment in subsidiary undertakings

Cost and Net Book Value
At 29 December 2019
Share-based payment schemes
At 27 December 2020

The Company’s subsidiaries are listed below:

Leisure & Concessions
TRG (Holdings) Limited
The Restaurant Group (UK) Limited
TRG Concessions Limited
TRGI Limited
Caffe Uno Limited
Number One Leicester Square Limited
TRG Leisure Limited (formerly Adams Rib Limited)
G.R. Limited
Strikes Restaurants Limited
Black Angus Steak Houses Limited
J.R. Restaurants Limited
DPP Restaurants Limited
Garfunkels Restaurants Limited
Frankie & Benny's (UK) Limited
City Centre Restaurants (UK) Limited
City Hotels Group Limited
Est Est Est Group Limited
Factmulti Limited

Shares
£’000

Share Based
Payment
£’000

91,829
–
91,829

25,934
2,016
27,950

Total
£’000

117,763
2,016
119,779

Country of Incorporation

Status

Proportion 
of voting rights 
and shares held at 
27 December 2020

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
Ireland
England and Wales
Scotland
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

Holding
Trading
Trading
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Holding
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Holding
Holding

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 139

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Notes to the Company accounts continued

3 Investment in subsidiary undertakings continued

Country of Incorporation

Status

Proportion 
of voting rights 
and shares held at 
27 December 2020

Pubs
Brunning and Price Limited
Blubeckers Limited
Ribble Valley Inns Limited
Wagamama
Mabel Topco Limited
Mabel Midco Limited
Mabel Mezzco Limited
Mabel Bidco Limited
Wagamama Finance Plc
Wagamama Group Limited
Wagamama Limited
Wagamama International (Franchising) Limited
Wagamama CPU Limited
Wagamama Newco Limited
Ramen USA Limited
Wagamama USA Holdings Inc
Wagamama Inc
Wagamama NY 55 3rd LLC

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales

England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
England and Wales
USA
USA
USA

Trading
Trading
Trading

Holding
Holding
Holding
Holding
Holding
Holding
Trading
Trading
Trading
Dormant
Holding
Holding
Trading
Holding

100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

The Company’s operating subsidiaries are registered in England and Wales and the USA, and operate restaurants in the United 
Kingdom and the USA.

All other subsidiary undertakings are wholly owned by the Company or one of its subsidiaries and are either non-trading or dormant.

140 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

4 Loans to subsidiary undertakings

On 24th December 2018, the Company extended a loan to TRG (Holdings) Limited of £199.1m, which is repayable on demand. 
Interest is payable at 3% plus LIBOR per annum with interest accruing quarterly on to the balance outstanding.

On 24th December 2018, the Company extended a loan to Mabel Midco Limited of £150.4m, which is repayable on demand. 
Interest is payable at 3% plus LIBOR per annum with payments made quarterly, or capitalised on to the loan balance with 
agreement from both parties.

On 5th June 2020, the Company assigned £91.0m of it’s receivable from The Restaurant Group (UK) Limited in return for a 
receivable of £48.0m from TRG Concessions Limited, and £43.0m from Brunning & Price Limited. Interest is payable at 3% 
plus LIBOR per annum with payments made quarterly, or capitalised on to the loan balance with agreement from both parties.

During 2020, the Company recognised an expected credit loss of £9.0m in relation to the loan to TRG Concessions Limited.

On 29th June 2020, as part of the provisions of the CVA of The Restaurant Group (UK) Limited, the company released The 
Restaurant Group (UK) Limited from £37.6m of its loan owed to the Company which represented 50% of the loan outstanding 
at that time.

5 Long term borrowings

Total Company borrowing facilities consist of a £160.0m revolving credit facility, and £50.0m CLBILS facility.

The revolving credit facility is committed until June 2022, and has £60.0m of committed borrowing facilities in excess of gross 
borrowings (2019: £108.0m). The interest rate is a range of 1.5% to 3.0% above LIBOR.

The long term borrowings have been refinanced as announced on 1 March 2021 and details of the new facilities are disclosed in 
Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

6 Subsequent events

Subsequent to the 27 December 2020, the Group has completed a refinancing, announces a proposed capital raise, and has 
been impacted by several government announcements, please refer to Note 32 of the Consolidated financial statements for 
more details.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020  141

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Group financial record

Revenue
  Adjusted operating profit
  Underlying interest
Adjusted (loss)/profit before tax
  Non-trading (charges)/credits
(Loss)/Profit on ordinary activities before tax
Tax
(Loss)/Profit for the year
Basic earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share
Proposed total ordinary dividend per share for the year
Special dividend per share
Dividend cover (excluding non-trading items and 
special dividends)
Employment of finance
Property, plant and equipment
Other non-current assets
Net current liabilities
Long-term liabilities

Financed by:
Equity 
Net debt 
Gearing

2020
£’000
459,773
(49,711)
(37,745)
(87,456)
(40,132)
(127,588)
7,700
(119,888)
(21.3p)
(13.4p)
–
–

2019
£’000
1,073,052
91,093
(16,562)
74,531
(111,826)
(37,295)
(3,111)
(40,406)
(8.2p)
11.9p
2.1p
–

2018
Restated
£’000
686,047
55,402
(2,232)
53,170
(39,239)
13,931
(7,049)
6,882
2.4p
14.7p
8.3p
–

2017
Restated
£’000
679,282
59,500
(1,661)
57,839
(29,666)
28,173
(9,827)
18,346
6.7p
16.7p
14.4p
–

2016
Restated
£’000
710,712
78,963
(1,814)
77,149
(134,943)
(57,794)
(638)
(58,432)
(29.2p)
30.0p
17.4p
–

n/a

5.7p

1.8p

1.0p

1.7p

305,614
599,493
(141,587)
(823,800)
(60,280)

335,710
617,998
(111,954)
(439,855)
401,899

430,631
620,854
(97,608)
(495,285)
458,592

311,630
(824,182)
264.5%

401,899
(286,628)
71.3%

458,592
(291,132)
63.5%

327,320
26,433
(79,579)
(94,008)
180,166

180,166
(23,102)
12.8%

354,463
26,433
(79,276)
(106,748)
194,872

194,872
(28,314)
14.5%

The financial statements for the period to 27 December 2020 reflect the adoption of IFRS 16, but comparatives have not been 
restated. For a description of the impact, refer to Note 1.

142  The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Glossary

Adjusted diluted EPS  

Adjusted EBITDA  

Adjusted EPS  

Calculated by taking the profit after tax of the business pre-exceptional items divided 
by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year, including the effect 
of dilutive potential ordinary shares.

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items. 
Calculated by taking the Trading business operating profit and adding back 
depreciation and amortisation.

Calculated by taking the profit after tax of the business pre-exceptional items divided 
by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year.

Adjusted operating profit  

Earnings before interest, tax and exceptional items.

Adjusted profit before tax  

Calculated by taking the profit before tax of the business pre-exceptional items.

Adjusted tax  

EBITDA  

Exceptional items  

Free cash flow  

Like-for-like sales  

Outlet EBITDA  

Net debt  

Trading business  

Calculated by taking the tax of the business pre-exceptional items.

Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and impairment.

Those items that, by virtue of their unusual nature or size, warrant separate additional 
disclosure in the financial statements in order to fully understand the performance of 
the Group.

EBITDA less working capital and non-cash movements (excluding exceptional items), 
tax payments, interest payments and maintenance capital expenditure.

This measure provides an indicator of the underlying performance of our existing 
restaurants. There is no accounting standard or consistent definition of ‘like-for-like 
sales’ across the industry. Group like-for-like sales are calculated by comparing the 
performance of all mature sites in the current period versus the comparable period in 
the prior year. Sites that are closed, disposed or disrupted during a financial year are 
excluded from the like-for-like sales calculation.

Pre-IFRS 16 and Exceptional EBITDA directly attributable to individual sites and 
therefore excluding corporate and central costs.

Net debt is calculated as the net of the long-term borrowings and finance lease 
obligations less cash and cash equivalents.

Represents the performance of the business before exceptional items and is 
considered as the key metrics for shareholders to evaluate and compare the 
performance of the business from period to period.

TSR 

Total Shareholder Return over a period.

The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020 143

OverviewStrategic reportGovernanceFinancial statements 
Shareholder information

Directors
Debbie Hewitt MBE 
Non-executive Chairman

Andy Hornby 
Chief Executive Officer

Kirk Davis  
Chief Financial Officer

Graham Clemett  
Senior Independent Director

Alison Digges 
Independent non-executive Director

Alex Gersh 
Independent non-executive Director

Zoe Morgan 
Independent non-executive Director

Company Secretary
Jean-Paul Rabin 

Head office 
(and address for all correspondence)
5 – 7 Marshalsea Road  
London SE1 1EP 

Telephone number
020 3117 5001

Company number 
SC030343

Registered office
1 George Square  
Glasgow G2 1AL

144 The Restaurant Group plc Annual Report 2020

Registrar
Equiniti Limited  
Aspect House  
Spencer Road  
Lancing  
West Sussex BN99 6DA

Auditor
Ernst & Young LLP  
1 More London Place  
London SE1 2AF

Solicitors
Slaughter and May  
One Bunhill Row  
London EC1Y 8YY

Goodman Derrick LLP  
10 St Bride Street  
London EC4A 4AD

Brokers
J.P. Morgan Cazenove  
25 Bank Street  
London E14 5JP

Investec Bank plc 
30 Gresham Street 
London EC2V 7QP

Annual General Meeting
Tuesday 25 May 2021

The paper used in this report is 100% recycled and FSC® certified.

Printed in the UK using vegetable based inks which have lower VOC emissions 
(Volatile Organic Compounds), are derived from renewable sources and less 
hazardous than oil-based inks. 

The printer is ISO 14001 accredited and Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC®) chain 
of custody certified. Under the framework of ISO 14001 a structured approach is 
taken by the company to measure, improve and audit their environmental status on 
an ongoing basis. FSC® ensures there is an audited chain of custody from the tree 
in the well-managed forest through to the finished document in the printing factory.

Designed and produced by Instinctif Partners  www.creative.instinctif.com

 
 
 
 
The Restaurant Group plc

5–7 Marshalsea Road
London SE1 1EP
Tel: 020 3117 5001
www.trgplc.com

T

h

e

R

e

s

t

a

u

r

a

n

t

G

r

o

u

p

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

0